You are on page 1of 254

.

NETA Standards Review Gouncil

These specifications were submitted for public comment and reviewed by the NETA
Standards Review Council.

Charles K. Blizard Diane W. Johnson Mark Lautenschlager


Roderic L. Hageman Mary R. Jordan Alan D. Peterson

NOTICE

ln no event shall the tnterNational Electrical Testing Association be liable to anyone for special,
collateral, incidental, or consequential damages in connection with or arising out of the use of these
materials.

This document is subjecl to periodic review, and users are cautioned to obtain the latest edition.
Comments and suggestions are invited from all users for consideration by the Association in connection with
such review. Any such suggestions will be fully reviewed by the Association after giving the commenter,
upon request, a reasonable opportuni$ to be heard.

This document should not be confused with federal, state, or municipal specifications or regulations,
insurance requirements, or nationalsafety codes. While the Association recommends reference to or use of
this document by government agencies and others, use of this document is purely voluntary and not binding.

lnterNational Electrical Testing Association


.
PO Box 687 . 106 Stone Street Morrison, CO 80465
303.697.8441 FAX:303.697.8431
E-mail: neta@netaworld.org . Web Site: www.netaworld.org
Mary R. Jordan, EdD - Executive Director
ii
ir
PREFACE
I

The purpose of these specifications is to assure that alltested electrical equipment and
F systems supplied by either contractor or owner are operational and within applicable standards
and manufacturer's tolerances and that equipment and systems are installed in accordance with
I
I
I
t..

design specifications.
T-
I

The need for acceptance testing of electrical power systems is very clear to those with
I
I

extensive startup and/or operating experience. Shipping and installation damage, field and
factory wiring errors, manufacturing defects, and systems and comppnents not in accordance I

with drawings and specifications are some of the many problems that can be deteoted by
appropriate testing. When these defects are found before startup they can be corrected under
r--
warranty and without the safety hazards and possible equipment and consequential damages of I
I

loss of use/production that can occur if discovered after startup or energizing. ln addition, test
I
t_,

results obtained during acceptance testing are invaluable as base reference data for the
periodic testing that is an essential element of an effective maintenance program. I

i.._

the
It is the intent of this document to list a majority of the field tests available for assessing -.
suitability for service and reliability of the power distribution system. Certain tests have been I'
assigned an "optional" classification. The following considerations were used in determining thd- i'-'
use of the "optional" classification:
i-,
1. Did another test listed provide similar information? L.-

r-
r 2. How did the cost of the test compare to the cost of other tests providing similar i

) inrormarion?
I
3. How commonplace was the test procedure? ls it new technology?
I
i

While acknowledging the above, it is still necessary to make an informed judgment for each r'*:
li
particular system regarding how extensive the testing should be. The approach taken in these l,
specifications is to present a comprehensive series of tests that is appticable to most industrial
and larger commercial systems. The guidance of an experienced testing professional should be f-
t:
^'

sought when making decisions such as how extensive testing should be. ln smaller systems t_

some of the tests can be deleted. ln other cases, a number of the tests indicated as optional
''_
should be performed.
-l l
L
'

As a further note, it is important to follow the recommendations contained in the


manufacturer's instruction manuals. Many of the details of a complete and effective acceptance I

testing procedure can only be obtained from that source. I

The Association encourages comment from users of this document. Please contact the 1

NETA office at 303.697 .8441 or your local NETA rnember firm. i

Alan D. Peterson
NETA Technical Chair (

L-
L

ATS - 1999 I

I
CONTENTS

ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS

1. GENERAL SCOPE, ACCEPTANCE TESTING SPECIFICATIONS.. ..................... 1


2. APPLICABLE REFERENCES. ...........,..,2
3. QUALIFICATIONS OF TESTING ORGANIZATION AND PERSONNE1...............................7
4. D|V|STON OF RESPONSIBILITY ........... B
5. GENEML ..............9
5.1 Safety and Precautions .................. I
5.2 Suitability of Test Equipment.............. ............ I
5.3 Test lnstrument Calibration .......... 10
5.4 Test Report.............. ..... 11
6. POWER SYSTEM STUDIES ...............12
6.1 Short-Circuit and Coordination Studies ............. ........... i2
6.2 Load Flow Studies - Reserved ........
6.3 Stability Studies - Reserved ............. ............14
6.4 Switching Transients Studies - Reserved.............. .......14
6.5 Motor Starting Studies - Reserved ............. .................. 14
6.6 Harmonic Analysis - Reserved ............. ........14
6.7 Ground Mat Studies - Reserved...........
6.8 Cable Ampacity Studies - Reserved.............. ............... 14
6.9ReliabilityStudies_Reserved.............
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES........ .................. 15
7.1SwitchgearandSwitchboardAssemblies..........
7.2 Transformers.......... ......20
1. Dry-Type ...............20
1. Air-Cooled, 600 Volt and Betow - Small
(167 kVA Single-Phase, 500 kVA Three-Phase, and Smaller)........... ...........2A
2. Air-Cooled, AllAbove 600 Volt and 600 Volt and Below - Large
(Greaterthan 167 kVA Single-Phase and 500 kVA Three-Phase)................ 23

7.3

7.4
7.5

1. Low-Vo1ta9e........... .......44
2. Medium-Voltage, Metal-Enclosed....... ......i......... ...........47
3. High- and Medium-Voltage, Open .................50
2. Oil Switches: Medium-Voltage ..............52
3. Vacuum Switches: Medium Voltage.... .................. 55
4. SFo Switches: Medium-Voltage - Reserved........... ............... 57
ir
lir

5. Cutouts - Reserved............. 57 l-
il
i
7.6 Circuit Breakers.
1. Low-Vo1tage........................... 58 - .
1. lnsulated Case/Molded Case 58 i ,

2. Power ............61 I

Ii
1;

i-l
iiii
l-
I

7.9 Protective Relays..... ..... 96


7.10 lnstrument Transformers ............ 10
7.11 Metering ..... 10)_
7J2 Regulating Apparatus . 108
1. Voltage... ............. 108
1. Step-Voltage Regulators......... .... 108
2. lnduction Regulators.............. ...... 113
2. Current - Reserued ............. ................ 116 t-
3. Load-Tap Changers ............117
7.13 Grounding Systems ....120
7.14 Ground-Fault Protection Systems ..............121
7.15 Rotating Machinery .....124
1. Motors
1. AC Motors ... 124
2. DC Motors
2. Generators.............. ............ 133
1. AC Generators......... ... 133
2. DC Generators .......:-.... 138
7.16 Motor Control....
1. Motor Starters ..... 141 | -
1. Low-Vo1ta9e........... .....141
2. Medium-Voltage ..........144 I

2. Motor Control Centers... ...... 148 t.-_.


1. Low-Vo1ta9e........... ..... 148
t'
2. Medium-Voltage .......... 148 t'
:

7.17 Adjustable Speed Drive Systems


I

............... 149 L'


7.18 Direct-Current Systems .......... ....152
1. Batteries.. ............152 I
I
t

2. Battery Chargers. ................ 156


J

3. Rectifiers - Reserued ............. ............. 157 I

ATs - 1 999
{

t*
7.19 Surge Arresters .......... 158
1. Low-Voltage Surge Protection Devices...
2. Medium- and High-Voltage Surge Protection Devices ........ 160
7.20 Capacitors and Reac1ors.......................:... . 162
1. Capacitors ........... 162
f;
R
2. Capacitor Control Devices - Reserved............. ... 163
i. 3. Reactors (Shunt & Current Limiting) ...164
1. Dry-Type. .....164
2. Liquid-Fi11ed............ ..... 166
7.21 Outdoor Bus Structures......... ..... 170
7.22 Emergency Systems
1. Engine Generator ................172
"f;
ili 2. Uninterruptible Power Systems ...........174
3. Automatic Transfer Switches ....,.........1TT
7.23rebmetry/PilotWire/Scada.Reserved.........
7.24 Aulomatic Circuit Reclosers and Line Sectionalizers ........ ......... 1g0
1. Automatic Circuit Reclosers, OilA/acuum.......... . 180
2. Automatic Line Sectionalizers, Oi1........... ............ 193
7.25 Fiber-Optic Cables
7.26 Electrostatic/Electromagnetic Field Testing - Reserved........ ..... 1g6
7.27SpecialSystems-Reserved...........................
SYSTEM FUNCTION TESTS................ ............ 1BT
THERMOGRAPHIC SURVEY ........... 1BB
1l
Li

10. TABLES

10.1 systems..........
lnsulation Resistance Tests, ElectricarApparatus and ... 1g0 :_l
10.2 Switchgear Withstand Test Voltages.......... ....:........... .............191 i
10.3 Recommended Dissipation Factor/Power Factor Il
Reactors
of Liquid-Filled Transformers, Regulators, and ........1g2
10.4 Suggested Limits for New lnsulating Liquids l

Equipment
Test Limits for New lnsulating oir Received in New ...... 193
Test Limits for Silicone lnsulating Liquid in New Transioimers....................... 193
Typical Values for Less-Flammable Hydrocarbon lnsutating Liquid ................ 194
10.5 Transformer lnsulation-Resistance, Acceptance Test Voltage ano
Minimum Results.... .._..........r.. .1g2
10.6 Medium-Voltage Cables, Maximum Field Acceptance Test Voltages (kV, dc)........ 1g6
10.7 Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, lnverse Time Trip Test................:.......................... 197
10.8 lnstantaneous Trip Tolerances for Field Testing pf Circuit Breakers ....... 198
10.9 lnstrumentTransformerDielectricTests,Acceptance..............
10.10 Maximum Allowable Vibration Amplitude
10.11 Overpotential Test Voltages for Electrical Apparatus
Other than lnductive Equipment........ ......20
10.12 Bolt Torques for Bus Connections....
US standard, Heat-Treated steel - cadmium or Zinc plated ..........202
Silicon Bronze Fasteners, Torque (Foot pounds).. ....:..... 203
Aluminum Alloy Fasteners, Torque (Foot pounds) ......... 203
Stainless Steel Fasteners, Torque (Foot pounds).. .........2O4
10.13 Reserved ................ . ZOs
10.14 lnsulation Resistance Conversion Factors
for Conversion of Test Temperature to 20oC.... ....... 206
10.15 AC High-Potential Test Voltage for Automatic circuit Rectosers .............207
10.16 AC High-Potential Test Voltage for Automatic Line Sectionalizers. .........2O7
10.17 Metal Enclosed Bus Dielectric Withstand Test Voltages ......... 208
10.18 Thermographic survey, suggested Actions Based on Temperature Rise .............. 20g

) I
I

I
J

l
l
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FORM

Electrical Acceptance Tests

I
Y l. GENERAL SGOPE, ACGEPTANCE TESTING SPECIFICATIONS
i.

1.1 This standard covers the suggested field tests and inspections that are available
T
iii to assess the suitability for initial energization of electricat power distribution
.iii
equipment and systems.
R
i:
1.2 The purpose of these specifications is to assure that all tested electrical
t:
equipment and systems are operational and within applicable standards and
'v, manufacturer's tolerances and that the equipment and systems are installed in
I.

i accordance with design specifications.

i
1.3 The work specified in these specifications may involve hazardous voltages,
i materials, operations, and equipment. These specifications do not purport to
address all of the safety problems associated with their use. lt is the responsibility
i of the user to review all applicable regulatory limitations prior to the use of these
i specifications.

's
*

3 ts
*t
$J

tffi ATS- 199e 1

I - --.---l--
F$
F(
!t
t:
ti,
ii 2. APPLICABLE REFERENCES
I
FB
ei
tt:
ti:
2.1 All inspections and field tests shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the
following codes, standards, and specifications except as provided otherwise
il herein.
ii 1. American Society for Testing and Materials - ASTM
I
r.*
li 2.
ii
r
American National Standards lnstitute - ANSI
I
i{S
ASTM D 92-90. Test Method for Flash and Fire Points by Clevetand Open
iii cup
i{
I
I.F ASTM D 445-BB. Test Method for Knematic Viscosity of Transparent and
$
Opaque Liquids
,,i
I ASTM D 664-95 Test Method for Acid Number of Petroleum products by
i P ote nti o m et ri c Titrati o n

il-
il. ASTM D 877-87. Test Method for Dierectric Breakdown voltage of
lnsulating Liquids using Disk Etectroaes
i

I
I
t. ASTM D 923-91. Iesf Method for Sampting Etectrical lnsutating Liquids

D 924-98 (1990). Test Method for A-c Loss chara cteristics and
Relative Permittivity (Dielectric Constant) of Etectrical tnsulating Liquids
^srM
ASTM D 971-91. Iesf Method for lnterfacial Tension of Oil against Water
by the Ring Method

ASTM D 974-95. Test Method for Acid and Base Number by Color-tndicator
ri
li
Titration
s
T,:

il
* ASTM D 1298-85 (199q. Test Method for Density, Relative Density
(pOe.ciftg
Qravity), or API Gravity of Crude Petroteum and Liquid petroleum
l',
I
E
ii
Praducts by Hydrometer Method
i:
E
ASTM D 1500-91. resf Method for ASTM cotorof petroleum products
;

{l
(ASTM Color Sca/e)
t,
t
6
I

:
ASTM D 1524-94 (1990). Test Method for visuat Examination of lJsed
I
:t:
Electrical Insulating oils of petroleum origin in the Fietd
g

ASTM D 1533-88. resf Methods for water in tnsutating Liquids (Kart


Fische r Reaction Method)
t:
:.

I
ii
'J
c.
APPLICABLE REFERENCES (cont.)

ASTM D 1816-B4a (1990)- Test Method for Dietectric


Breakdown Vottage of
lnsulating oils of petroreum oigin tJsing voi Eiaroaes

ASTM D 2029-92. Iesf Methods for Water Vapor Content


of Etectricat
lnsulating cases by Measurement of Dew poiitt

ASTM D 21zg-90. resf Method for color of chtoinated


Aromatic
Hyd ro ca rbon s (Aska rets)

ASTM D 2284-gs. resf Method of Acidity o,f sulfur Hexafluoride


ASTM D 2285-85 (R1990)' Test Method for tmterfacialTension
of Etectricat
tltgtlptils oits of petroreum orisin Against wui"iii tne Drop_weuni
Method

ASTM D 2477-84 (R1990). Test Method for Dielectric Breakdown


Voltage
and Dielectic strength of lnsulating Gases at coiiercial power
Frequencies

ASTM D 2685-95. Iesf Method for Air and Carbon Tetrafluoride


in Sulfur
Hexafluoride by Gas Ch romatog raphy

ASTM D 2759-94. Method for sampling Gas from a Transformer under


Positive Pressure
)
ASTM D 3284-90a (R1994). Test Method for combustib/e
Gases rn
Electrical Apparatus in the Field

ASTM D 3612-95. Iesf Method of Analysisof Gases Dissolved


lnsulating Oil by Gas Chromatography
in Etectrical

ASTM D 3613-92. Mgtngls of sampring Etectrical rnsurating


oits for Gas
Analysis and Determination of Water C:ontent

3. Association of Edison ilruminating companies - AErc

4. Canadian Standards Association - CSA

5. lnstitute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers - IEEE


ANSI/IEEE C2-1997, National Etectrical Safety Code

ANsl/IEEE c3z-1gg5, Guide s and sfandards for circuit


Breakers,
Switchgear, Relays, Subsfafrbn s, and Fuses

ANSI/IEEE csz-1gg5, Disfn'b ution, power, and


Regutating Transformers
)
# Ei$
APPLICABLE REFERENCES (cont.)
gi
ANSI/IEEE C62-1 995, Su4ge Protection
ff'i
'8,
5l
t ANSI/IEEE std. 43-1924 (R1991). IEEE Recommended practice for
.{' .

Testing Insulation Resisfance of Rotating Machinery


f
ils
i ANSIiIEEE Std. 48-1996. Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for
:il
n
Alternating-current cable Terminations 2.5 kv through 76s iv
Tti
IEEE std. 81-1983. IEEE Guide for Measuing Earth Resistivity, Ground
,t
lmpedance, and Earth surtace potentials of a Ground system
l ieart
t1

::
ii; ANSI/IEEE std. 81.2-1991. IEEE Guide for Measurement of lmpedance
E.
and Safety Characteristics of Large, Extended or lnterconnected Grounding
l[ Sysfems (Paft 2)
1i
ANSI/IEEE std.95-1977 (R1991). IEEE Recommended practice for
l Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating Machinery with High Direct Voltage
i;:.

IEEE std. 100-1996. The 1EEE standard Dictionary of Electrical and


Electronics Terms

ANSI/IEEE Std. 141-1993. /EEE Recommended Practice for Electricat


Power Distribution for lndustrial ptants (|EEE Red Book.)

ANSI/IEEE Std. 142-1 gg1. IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of


lndustrial and commercial powersysfems (IEEE Green Book)

ANSI/IEEE std. 241-1990 (R1997). IEEE Recommended practice for


Electric Power sysfems in commerciat Buildings (Gray Book)

"i
il
ANSI/IEEE std. 242-19s6 (R1991). IEEE Recommended practice for
lii
11l
Protection and Coardinatio'n of lndustrial and Commercial powerSysfems
I (Buff Book)
I
li IEEE 386-1995. IEEE standard for separable lnsulated connecfors
I

i Sysfem for Power Distribution Sysfems above 600 V.


i
I
t
j ANSI/IEEE Std. 399-1990. /EEE Recsmmended Practice for tndustriat and
h
Commercial Power Sysfems Analysis (Brown Book)
i.
r
I ANSI/IEEE std. 400-1991. /FEE Guide for Making High-Direct-vottage
t
.: Iesfs on Power Cable Sysfems in the Field
:1,

c
t,
I
I
ANSI/IEEE std. 4218-1929. IEEE standard for High-potentiat-Test
Requirements for Excitation sysfems for synchroiou" Machines
I
F

,g

I
I

!
t;

't

I
a

I
I
il
2. APPLICABLE REFERENCES (cont.)
i-l I
lt
ANSI/IEEE std- 446-1ggs. /EEE Recommended practice
a n d sta n d bv powe r svsfems
for Emergency
(orange Book)
fo r t n.d u st i a;, | ;;; ; ; b;;
e rci a t A p p t i catio n s
'stvta' ^plrttcauon
-l
I
.i

ANSI/IEEE std. 4s0-199s /EEE Recgymended practice


for Maintenance,
Reptacement of vented Lead-Acii euftiri""io;
I:rt;:,il*il! st;ii-";
ANSI/IEEE std' 493-1990. /EEF Recommended
Practice forthe Desisn
c s g r t of
Re l i a b l e l n d u st ri a l a n d C o m m e rc i t
a t P oier Ct f"r;-fG ;id'
E; ;)'lt
ANSI/IEEE std. 602-1996. /EEE Recommended practice
";'
Sysfems in Heatth Care Facitities (White ' 'sv for Electric
Bo;i-
ANSI/IEEE Std' 637-19s5(R1992). IEEE
Guide forthe Rectamation of
Insulating Oil and Criteria fbr fts Use

ANS|/IEEE std. 739-1ggs. /EEE Recommended practice


Management in commerciar and nausiiat for Energy
i"ritit"ii'aronze Book)
ANSI/IEEE std. 1100-1 ggz. |EEE Recommended pract!9e_for
and Groundrng sensitive Erectronic equijiei
powering j
Gm'Jrau Book) i

ANSI/IEEE std. 1106-199s. /FEE Recommended practice


Maintenance, Testing, ang!.Rgnracetment of for I
) Nicket-cidriu,
Batteries for Generating Stations and SuOstatrons storage -i

ANSI/IEEE std. 11q9-199s


Ij
Electric Power euatity
- Recommended practice for Monitoring
i
ANSI/IEEE std. 11BB-1996. Recommended practice t

resting, and Reptacement of varve-i;s;i;;; for Maintenance, -_1

fo r Stati o na
LiJi_Acid (,RLA) Bafteries
ry Ap pl icatio n s I
i

6. lnsulated Cable Engineers Association -


ICEA
I

7. lnterNationar Etectricar resting Association


- NETA r

NETA MTs-'97' NETA Mainteiance Testing


vuvv"'vqt
Specifications for Etectrical
Power Distribution Equipment and sy;f"d

National Electricat Manufacturer's Association


- NEMA
NEMAStandardforPublicationNo.AB4.1991.Guidelinesforlnspection
and Preventive Maintenance oit Mo,tded-cuie
Commercial and Industriat Apptiiitnns
ciirit-Ereakers used in

) NEMA Pubrication MG1-1gg3. Motors


and Generators

,ffi ATS - 1999 s


APPLICABLE REFERENCES (cont.)

9. National Fire Protection Association - NFPA


ANSI/NFPA 70-1996. National Electrical Code

ANSI/NFPA 7OB-199 4. Recommendetd Practice for Etectric Equipment


Maintenance

ANSI/NFPA 70E-199 5. Etecticat Safety Requirements for Employee


Workplaces

ANSI/NFPA 99-1993. Sfandard for Healthcare Facilities

ANSI/NFPA 101-1994. Life Safety Code

ANSI/NFPA 110-1993. Emergency and Standby Power Sysfems

ANSI/NFPA 780-1995. /nsfa ttation of Lightning Protection Sysfems

10. Occupational Safety and Health Administration - OSHA

11. Scaffold lndustry Association - SIA


ANSI/S|A A92.2-1990. vehicle Mounted Elevating and Rotating Aeriat
Devices

12. State and local codes and ordinances

13. Underwriters Laboratories, lnc. - UL

2.2 Other Publications


Paul Gill, Electrical Power Equipment Maintenance and Testing, New York: Marcel
Dekker, lnc., 1998

6 ATS - 1999
,ffi
ilL)
ll
lr
ti,
3. QUALIFIGATIONS OF TESTING ORGANIZATION AND PERSONNEL

3.1 The testing organization shall submit appropriate docurnentation to demonstrate


that it satisfactorily complies with the following. An organization having a "Full
Membership" classification issued by the lnterNational Electricat Testing
Association meets this criteria.

1. The testing organization shall be an independent, third party, testing


organization which can function as an unbiased testing authority,
professionally independent of the manufacturers, suppliers, and installers of
equipment or systems evaluated by the testing organization.

2. The testing organization shall be regularly engaged in the testing of


electrical equipment devices, installations, and systems.

3.2 The testing organization shall utilize technicians who are regularly employed for
testing seruices.

3.3 Each on-site crew leader shall hold a current registered certification in electrical
testing applicable to each type of apparatus to be inspected or tested. The
certification in electrical testing shall be issued by an independent, nationally-
recognized, technician certification agency. The following entities shall qualify as
independent, nationally-recognized, technician certifi cation agencies :

1. lnterNational Electrical Testing Association (NETA) i1


:.J
Accepted certifications:
lt
Certified Technician/Level ll I
LJ
Certified Senior Technician/Level lV
i-l
II
1i
2. National lnstitute of Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET) t.j
Accepted certifications specifi cally in Electrical Testing Engineering
Technology: ..--
I
-ii i{
:''j
Engineering Technician/Level ll I
Senior Engineering Technician/Level lV
DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITY

4.1 The owne/s representative shall provide the testing organization with the
following:

1. A short-circuit analysis and coordination study and a protective device


setting sheet as described in Section 6.

2. A cornplete set of electrical plans and specifications along with any


pertinent change orders.

3. An itemized description of equipment to be inspected and tested.

4. A determination of who shall provide a suitabte and stable source of


electrical power to each test site.

5. Notification of when equipment becomes availabte for acceptance tests.


work shall be coordinated to expedite project scheduling.

4.2 The installing contractor or testing firm shall perform certain preliminary low-
voltage insulation-resistance, continuity, and/or rotation tests prior to and in
addition to tests specified herein.

4.3 The testing organization shall provide the following:

1. All field technical services, tooting, equipment, instrumentation, and


technical supervision to perform such tests and inspections.

Specific power requirements for test equipment.

Notification to the owner's representative prior to commencement of any


testing.

4. A timely notification of any system, material, or workmanship which is found


deficient on the basis of acceptance tests.

5. A written record of all tests and a final report.


ri I

5. GENERAL
i
I

-..l
5.1 Safety and precautions

This document does not includg any procedures,


procedures' lt is recognized that an-ov"*rr"rri"ginctuding specific safety
inspections recommended in these ;d;ifi;;tions ;4*iii.tthe tests and
lnherent in this determination is tt]" are potentialy hazardous.
r;;i;"q"isite that inoiuiauuJ"
these tests be capable of conductinj ttre-tlsi;;;;;;iffi;;;"r performing
complete knowledge of the hazardsinuol""O. and with

1' Safety practices shall include, but are not limited


to, the following
requirements:

1. Occupational Safety and Health Act.

2' Accident Prevention Manualfor tndustriat operations,


National
Safety Council.

3. Appricabre state and rocar safety operating procedures.

4. Owner,s safety practices.

5' ANSI/NFPA 70E, Electrical Safety Requirements


Workplaces. '
- 1-" for Emptoyee

2' All tests shall be oerfor.le{ with apparatus


de-energized except where
othenrvise specifi cally requ ired

3' The testing organization shall have a designated


safety representative on
the project to supervise operations with respect
to safety.
5.2 Suitability of Test Equipment

1' All test equipment shall be in good mechanicar


and electrical mndition.
2' split-core current transformers and clamp-on
or tong-type ammeters
require consideration of the foilowing
in rlgaro to a"tr?lcvi
1. position of the conductor
within the core
t,
2. Clean, tight fit of the core pole faces i:
I
r-!

'ffi ATS - 1999 e


s'i,!:
,F4
.-fir.:
tll
ili;l
llt '' t
\: r' GENERAL (cont.)
}i

tllil
E
3. Presence of external magnetic fields
li
=
.i
{ 4. Accuracy of the current transformer ratio in addition to the accuracy
t,
I of the secondary meter.
I
E
s

I
i:
$ 3. Selection of metering equipment shall be based on a knowledge of the
I
I
waveform of the variable being measured. Digital multimeters may be
I

tr average or RMS sensing and may include or exclude the dc component.


h
When the variable contains harmonics or dc offset and, in general, any
i
i deviation from a pure sine wave, average sensing, RMS sclted meters may
Ir be misleading.
T

.F
4. Field test metering used to check power system meter calibration must
I have an accuracy higher than that of the instrument being checked.
i
.t
: 5. Accuracy-of metering in test equipment shall be appropriate for the test
i
being performed but not in excess of two percent of the scale used.
I

:
6. Waveshape and frequency of test equipment output waveforms shalt be
i
appropriate for the test and tested equipment.
tt

:.! 5.3 Test lnstrument Galibration


I

:;
1. The testing firm shall have a calibration program which assures that all
:
R
r!
applicable test instruments are maintained within rated accuracy.
;i

2.
H

;
I
The accuracy shatl be directly traceable to the National lnstitute of
h
it Standards and Technology (NIST).
ti
g

il
3. lnstruments shall be calibrated in accordance with the following frequency
il
:!
schedule:
d

1. Field instruments: Analog,6 months maximum; Digitat, 12 months


$
:, maximum
ii..-
t

I
2. Laboratory instruments: 12 months
r
3. Leased specialty equipment: 12 months where accuracy is
guaranteed by lessor.

4. Dated calibration labels shall be visibre on all test equipment.

5. Records, which show date and results of instruments calibrated or tested,


shall be kept up-to-date.

ATS - 1999
It

5. GENERAL (cont.)

6. Up-to-date instrument calibration instructions and procedures shall

t 7.
maintained for each test instrument.
be

Calibrating standard shall be of higher accuracy than that of the instrument


tested.

5.4 Test Report

1. The test report shall include the following:

1. Summary of project.

2. Description of equipment tested.

3. Description of test.

4. Test data.

5. Analysis and recommendations.

2. Test data records shall include the following minimum requirements:


I
1. ldentification of the testing organization. ..J
{

)
2. Equipment identification. j

3. Hyml.{rjY, temperature, and other atmospheric conditions that may


affect the results of the tests/calibrations.
il
4. Date of inspections, tests, maintenance, and/or calibrations.

5. ldentification of the testing technician.

6. lndication of inspections, tests, maintenance, and/or calibrations to


be performed and recorded.

7. lndication of expected results when calibrations are to be performed.

8. lndication of ,,as-found,' and ,,as_|eft" results.

9. Sufficient spaces to allow all resutts and comrnents to be indicated.

3. The testing firm shatl furnish a copy or copies of the complete report to the
owner as required in the acceptance contract.
)
tl
u

#
-ti

t,

POWER SYSTEM STUDIES


*6
I
6.{ Short-Gircuit and Goordination Studies
It
ii
1. Scope of Services

f? 1. Provide a current and complete short-circuit study, equipment-


li interrupting or withstand evaluation, and a protective-device
L
coordination study for the electrical distribution system.
tx
i, The studies shatl include all portions of the electrical distribution
system from the normal and alternate sources of power throughout
{ the low-voltage distribution system. Normal system operating
method, alternate operation, and operations which could result in
maximum-fault conditions shall be thoroughly covered in the study.
{
i
2. Short-Circuit Study
tl'
d.
i 1. The study shalt be in accordance with applicabte ANSI and IEEE
standards.

2. The study input data shall include the utility company's short-circuit
single- and three-phase contribution, with the )0R ratio, the
resistance and reactance components of each branch impedance,
motor and generator contributions, base quantities selected, and all
ther applicable circuit parameters.

3. Short-circuit momentary duties and interrupting duties shall be


calculated on the basis of maximum available fault current at each
switchgear bus, switchboard, motor control center, distribution
panelboard, pertinent branch circuit panelboards, and other
significant locations through the system.

3. Equipment Evaluation Study

An equipment evaluation study shall be performed to determine the


adequacy of circuit breakers, controllers, surge arresters, busways,
switches, and fuses by tabulating and comparing the short-circuit ratings of
these devices with the maximum short-circuit momentary and interrupting
duties. The evaluation study should be submitted prior to final approval of
equipment submittals.

ATS - 1999
I

6. POWER SYSTEM STUDTES (cont.) .."]


I

.i

6.1 Short-Gircuit and Goordination Studies (cont.) ]

4. Protective-DeviceCoordinationStudy I
I
\
)

1' A protective-device coordination study shall be performed to select -l


or to verify the selection of powgr fuse ratings, protective-reray j
characteristics and settings, ratios and charlcteristics of associated
voltage and current transformers, and low-voltage breaker trip
-' -.'i -l
characteristics and settings. j

2' The coordil.a-tio1 study shall include atl voltage classes of equipment r..]
i
from the utility's incoming line protective devi-ce down to and I

including each motor control center and/or panelboard. The phase


and ground overcurrent protection shall be included as well as
i

settings for ail other adjustabre protective devices. i

3. coordination shail be in accordance with requirements of the


National Electrical Code and the recommendations of ANSI/IEEE
Standard 399, as applicable.

4. Protective device setection and settings shall be in accordance


w1h
requirements of the Nafionar Electricat code and the
recommendations of ANSI/IEEE standard 3gg, as applicable.

5. Study Report

1. Discrepancies, problem areas, or inadequacies shall be prompfly


brought to the owner's attention.

2. The results of the power-system studies shalt be summarized in a


final report.

3. The report shall include the following sections:

1- Description, purpose, basis, and scope of the study and a


single-line diagram of the portion of t.he power system which
is included within the scope of study.

2. Tabulations of circuit breaker, fuse, and other equipment


ratings versus calculated short-circuit duties and' commentary
regarding same.

3. Protective device coordination curves, with commentary.

)
d 6. POWER SYSTEM STUDIES (cont.)
il

6.1 Short-Circuit and Goordination Studies (cont.)

4- The selection and settings of the protective devices shall be


provided separately in alabulated form listing circuit
identification, IEEE device number, current transformer ratios,
manufacturer, type, range of adjustment, and recommended
settings. A tabulation of the recommended power fuse
selection shall be provided for allfuses in the system.

5. Fault-current tabulations including a definition of terms and a


guide for interpretation.

6. lmplementation

I
u
The owner shall engage an independent testing organization for the
$ purpose of inspecting, setting, testing, and calibrating the protective relays,
1
circuit breakers, fuses, and other applicable devicesis recommended in
.5
the power-system study report.
[-
H.

'1

6.2 Load Flow Studies - Reserved

6.3 Stability Studies - Reserved

6.4 Switching Transients Studies - Reserved

6.5 Motor Starting Studies - Reserved

6.6 Harmonic Anatysis - Reserved

6.7 Ground Mat Studies - Reserved

6.8 Gable.Ampacity Studies - Reserved

6.9 Reliability Studies - Reserued


7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.1 Switchgear and Switchboard Assemblies

1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1. comp_are equipment nameprate data with drawings and


specifications.

2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition.

3. Verify appropriate anchorage, required area crearances, physicar


damage, and correct alignment.

4. lnspect all doors, panets, and sections for corrosion, dents,


scratches, fit, and missing hardware.

5' Veriff that fuse and/or circuit breaker sizes and types correspond
to
drawings and coordination study as wetl as to the'circuit breaker,s
add ress for m icroprocesso r-comm u n ication packages.

6. lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high resistance using


one
of the following methods:

1- use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance with section


7 .1.2 (Electrical Tests).

2. ve.lifv tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by


calibrated torque-wrench method in accordance with
manufacturer's published data or Tabte 10.12.

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance with sectioh g.

7. verify that current and potential transformer ratios correspond to


drawings.

L compare equipment nameplate data with latest one-line diagram


when available.

L confirm.coqect operation and sequencing of electrical and


mechanical interlock systems.

ATS - 1 99e
$t

ql 7. INSPECT|ON AND TEST PROCEDURES


i1:
d:
7.1 Switchgear and Switchboard Assemblies (cont.)
[i
1. Attempt closure on locked-open devices. Attempt to open
locked-closed devices.

2. Make key exchange with devices operated in off-normal


positions.

10. Thoroughly clean switchgear prior to testing.

11. Lubrication

1. Verify appropriate contact lubricant on moving current-


carrying parts.

2. Verify appropriate lubrication on moving and sliding surfaces.

12. lnspect insulators for evidence of physical damage or contaminated


surfaces.

13. Verify correct barrier and shutter instatlation and operation.

14. Exercise all active components.

15. lnspect all mechanical indicating devices for correct operation.

16. Verify that filters are in place and/or vents are clear.

17. 'Perform visual


and mechanical inspection on ail instrument
transformers in accordance with Section 7.10.1(Visual and
Mechanical lnspection).

18. lnspect control power transformers.

1. lnspect physical damage, cracked insutation, broken leads,


tightness of connections, defective wiring, and overall general
condition.

2. Verify that primary and secondary fuse ratings or circuit


breakers match drawings.

3. Verify correct functioning of drawout disconnecting and


grounding contacts and interlocks

"Optional t"ffi.t
16 ATS- 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7'1 Switchgear and switchboard Assembries (cont.)

2. ElectricalTests

1. Perform tests on ail instrument transformers


in accordance with
Section 7 .1 0.2 (Electrical Tests).

2. Perform ground-resistance tests in


accordance with section 7.13.
3' Perform resistance tests through all
bus joints with a low-resistance
ohmmeter, if appricabre, in acc6rdance
*ift, blction7.1.1 (visuar
and Mechanicat lnspection).

4' Perform insuration-resistance tests


on each bus section, phase_to-
phase and phase{o-ground,
Tabte 10.1.
for one ;iili;
in accoroance with

5. perform an overpotentiartest
on each bus section, each phase to
.l
ground with phases not under
test grounJ"d,;" accordance with
manufacturer's published data. lr m"anuract,il"r
nas no ]l--l
recommendation for this test, it shail
be in accoroance with rabre
10.2' The test vortage shatt be appried
for' one minute. Refer to
Section 7.1.3.4 before performing test. -"-
a-'1
/

;J
6. Perform insulation-resistance tests
at 1000 vorts dc on ail
wiring. For units with sorid-state .o,,ponunts, contror i I
recommendations. r "v' foilow,"nur"""irrlr,
'v"vy' rr ii

7. Perform controlwiring performance il


test in accordance
'r , svvv. vqr t\,c with section l-,i
B.
i-
8. Perform current injection tests on the
entire current circuit in each
section of switchgear:.

1' Perform current tests by primary injection,


where possibre,
with magnitudes such tirat a minimlm
the secondary circuit.
;i i.6 ;;pere frows in
2' where primary injection is impracticar,
utitize secondary
injection with a mlnimum current
of 1.0 #p;;
3. Test current at each device.

9. Determine accuracy of art meters and


caribrate watthour meters in
) accordance with Section T .1 1 . V erify
m ultipliers

ATS - 1999 17 i
.ffi
llii ll,:
7 INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.1 Switchgear and Switchboard Assemblies (cont.)


d 10. Perform phasing check on double-ended switchgear to insure correct
x
bus phasing from each source.
r
?3
t
k
11. Control Power Transformers

I:a 1. Perform i nsu lation-resistan ce tests. Perform measurements


from winding-to-winding and each winding-to-ground. Test
,*
voltages shall be in accordance with Table 10.1 unless
I:a otherwise specified by manufacturer.
:t

i
2. Perform secondary wiring integrity test. Disconnect
t'-T transformer at secondary terminals and connect secondary
i:

wiring to correct secondary voltage. Confirm potential at all


J!
Il, devices.
i
3. Verify correct secondary voltage by energizing primary
rl
H
" winding with system voltage. Measure secondary voltage with
i
the secondary wiring disconnected.
I
['
I
,; 4. Verify correct function of controltransfer relays located in
switchgear with multiple power sources.

12. Voltage Transformers

1. Perform insulation-resistance tests. Perform measurements


from winding-to-winding and each winding-to-ground. Test
voltages shall be in accordance with Table 10.1 unless
otherwise specified by manufacturer.

2. Perform secondary wiring integrity test. Confirm correct


potential at all devices.
i:

s!
t; 3. Verify secondary voltages.

5
ii
13. Verify operation of switchgear/switchboard heaters.
i
I

ie

il

*Optional
rq
:1

I
g
18 ATS- 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7'1 switchgear and switchboard Assembries (cont.)

3. Test Values

1. compare bus connection resistances to varues


of simitar
I
connections. )
I

2. Bolt-torque levels shall be in accordance I


withr Table
I svrv Ilo.lzuntess I
i

otherwise specified by manufacturer. I

3. Microhm or millivolt drop values shall not i


exceed the
the normar range as indicated in the manufactureis high levels of
i
.i

puurished data.
lf manufacture/s data is not avaitaore, inveffit"
deviate from simirar bus by more than
;il
varues which I
I
50 percent of the rowest i
value. .)

4. lnsulation-resistance.u"!y.", for bus, controt


wiring, and contror )
power transformers shail be in
accordance witn nianuiacturer,s
published data. ln the absence of
manufacturer,s published data,
use Table 10.1 . Values of insulation resistance
I i

manufacturer's minimum shail be investigated.


ru* ihun this table or .l

ou"rpot"ntial tests
should not proceed until insutation-resistance
above minimum values.
revets are raised I
j

5. The insulation shail withstand the overpotentiartest )


vortage appried. I
.t
g

Fr
3
:.i 7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES
'i

G
7.2 Transformers
i 1. Dry TYPe
:
:l
1. Air-Gooled, 600 Volt and Below - Small
E (167 kVA Single-Phase, 500 kVA Three-Phase, and Smaller)
l;
i1
'ii
,4
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspections
'a
1.
l1

etl
tri
Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings
i
and specifications.
la
,:l

i
ii
t 2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition.
I
i
,Y

ii 3. Verify that resilient mounts are free and that any


.N
I
shipping brackets have been removed.
I

4.
I

'1I . lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high


I
i
ll resistance using one of the following methods:
t--
t,
B
l.i
1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance
with Section 7.2.1.1.2 (Electrical Tests).

Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical


connections by calibrated torque-wrench
method in accordance with manufacturer's
published data or Table 10.12.

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance


with Section 9.

1- fesutri
- /-
'1 @/en'\9
*Optional ' F-€
I

20 ATS-1999
l

7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.2 Transformers(cont.) I

1. Dry-Type (cont.)
1. Air-Cooled, 600 Volt and Below _ Small I
({67 kvA singre-phase, s00 kvA Three-phase,
and smailer)
(cont.)
I

2. ElectricalTests
I

I
1- Perform resistance measurements through ail borted
I

connections with a low-resistance ohmm6ter, if


applicable, in accordance with secti on T .2.t . t . t
and Mechanical lnspection). lvisuar

2. Perfo rm insu lation-resistance tests wind ing-to-wind


ing
and each winding-to-ground with test voftJge in
accordance with Table 10.5.

3. Calculate polarization index.


*4.
Perform turns ratio tests at alltap positions.
*5.
Verify that as-left tap connections are as specified.

)
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.2 Transformers (Gontinued)


1. Dry-Type (cont.)
1. Air-Cooled, 600 Volt and Below- Small
(167 kVA Single-Phase, 500 kVA Three-Phase, and Smaller)
(cont.)

3. Test Values

1. Compare bolted connection resistances to values of


similar connections.

2. Bolt-torque levels should be in accordance with Table


10.12 unless otherwise specified by manufacturer.

3. Microhm or millivolt drop values shall not exceed the


high levels of the normal range as indicated in the
manufacturer's published data. lf manufacturer's data
is not available, investigate any values which deviate
from similar connections by more than S0 percent of
the lowest value.

4. lnsulation-resistance test values at one minute should


not be less than the values calculated in accordance
with the formula in Table 10.5. Results shall be
temperature corrected in accordance with Table rc.14.

5. The polarization index shall be greater than 1.0 and


shall be recorded for future reference.

o. Turns-ratio test results should not deviate more than


one-half percent from either the adjacent coils or the
calculated ratio.

*Optional

22 ATS - 1999
r)
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES
I

7.2 Transformers(cont.)
i

1. Dry-Type (cont.) -'i


Z. Air-Cooled, All Above 600 Volt and rl
:l

i
600 Volt and Below - Large
--t
(Greater than 162 kvA single-phase and 500
kvA Three-phase) I
I
I

1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection


l

1. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings


I

and specifications.
I
i

2. lnspect physicat, electrical, and mechanical condition.


I
I

3. verify that contror and ararm settings on temperature


-
I

indicators are as specified.


)
'-
-l

4. Verify that cooring fans operate and that fan motors {

have correct overcurrent protection.


t-l

5. lnspect all borted erectricar connections for high


.l

resistance using one of the following methodi


-i
1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance
with Section 1.2.1.2.2 (Electrical Tests).

2. Verify tightness of accessibre borted erectricar


connections by calibrated torque-wrench
method in accordance with manufacturer,s it
published data or Table 10.12.

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance


with Section g.

6. Perform specific inspections and mechanicar tests as


recommended by man ufactu rer.

7. Verifl7 that resilient mounts are free and that any


shipping brackets have been removed.

8. Verify that the core, frame, and enclosure groundings


are correct.

9. Verify the presence of transformer surge arresters.

) 10 Ver-8 that as-left tap connections are as specified.

"Optional
ATS - 1999 23
$
I

T i:
7. INSPEGTION AND TEST PROGEDURES
y

7.2 Transformers(cont.)
&
i' 1. Dry Type (cont.)
t:
i"
2. Air-Gooledi All Above 600 Volt and
E
i. iS :"Xii : ?ili"XHiY;i3 Ifl i, ., n s e an d 50 o kvA r h ree - phase
)
&
n.
(cont.) " "

*
i"
L:
it
2. ElectricalTests

B
ii.!
1. Perform insulation-resistance testswinding-to-winding
$
''i:
and each winding-to-ground with test voltage in
accordance with Table 10.5.
l
!

I
t
2. Calculate polarization index.
-l
3. Perform resistance measurements through all bolted
I
l
connections with low-resistance ohmmeter, if
applicable, in accordance with Section7.2.1.2.1 (Visual
l and Mechanical inspection).
i

'I 4. Perform power-factor or dissipation-factor tests in


J.
I'
accordance with the test equipment manufacturer's
4
; published data.
*,
$
t-,
-Fi
5. Perform a turns-ratio test on alltap connections. Verify
t that winding polarities are in accordance with
I
* nameplate.
*p
fr
I *6. Perform an excitation-current test on each phase.
i
l,
).1

d
I
*7. Measure the resistance of each winding at each tap
i connection.
t,

E
B. Measure core insulation resistance at 500 volts dc if
core is insulated and if the core ground strap is
.:

i.

!r
i..
removable
!i
!
t;
tl
il
*9. Perform an overpotential test on all high- and low-
I
rrj
I voltage wind ings-to-g rou nd.
ti.
I

10. Verify correct secondary voltage phase-to-phase and


phase-to-neutral after energization and prior to loading.

.Optional

24 ATS - 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.2 Transformers (cont.)


1. Dry Type (cont.)
2. Air-Gooled, All Above 600 Volt and
600 Volt and Betow - Large
(Greater than 167 kVA Single-Phase and S00 kVA Three-phase)
(cont.)

3. Test Values

1. compare borted connection resistances to varues of


similar connections.

2. Bolt-torque levets should be in accordance with rable


10.12 unless otherwise specified by manufacturer.

3. Microhm or miilivort drop vatues shail not exceed the


high levels of the normar range as indicated in the
manufacturer's published data. lf manufacturer's data
is not available, investigate any vatues which deviate
from similar connections by more than 50 percent of
the lowest value.

4. lnsulation-resistance test values at one minute should


not be less than the values calculated in accordance
with the formula in Table 10.5. Results shall be
temperature conected in accordance with Table 10.14.

The polarization index shall be greater than 1.0 and


shall be recorded for future reference.

6. Turns-ratio test resutts shall not deviate more than


one-half percent from either the adjacent coils or the
calculated ratio.

7. Cx and C1 dissipation-factor/power-factor values will


vary due to support insurators and bus work utilized on
dry transformers. The following is expected on Cs;.
power factors:
Power Transformers: one percent or less
Distribution Transformers: three percent or less

consult transformer manufacturer's or test equipment


manufacturer's data for additional information. .

E
*Optional
A

i
11
:'
-r
l. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES
E

7.2 Transformers(cont.)
's
!: 1. Dry Type (cont.)
2. Air-Gooled, All Above 600 Volt and
t'.
i,

€f, 600 Volt and Below - Large


(Greater than 167 kVA Single-Phase and 500 kVA Three'Phase)
,ii (cont.)
,ti
8. Winding resistance test results, after factoring in
temperature corrections, should compare within one
It

percent of factory obtained results except in instances


'!
of extremely low resistance values.
L

"t
9. Typical excitation current test data pattern for a three-
i
.ll legged core transformer is two similar current readings
] and one lower current reading.
I
:J
:.
10. Core insulation resistance values should be
comparable to factory obtained results but not less than
'E
il
I
one megohm at 500 volts dc.

E 11. AC overpotentialtest shall not exceed 75 percent of


if
i: factory test voltage for one minute duration. DC
tu
overpotential test shall not exceed 100 percent of the
!
factory RMS test voltage for one minute duration. The
E
ir insulation shall withstand the overpotential test voltage
applied.
:

]i
l

i'
I

I
l;

t'

')
i
I
li
.t

$
il
\;
t.l
gts

26 ATS- 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.2 Transformers(Cont.)
? 2. Liquid-Filled
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1. compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and


specifications.

2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition.

3. Verify removal of any shipping bracing after final placement.

4- lnspect impact recorder prior to unloading, if applicable.

5. Verify settings and operation of all temperature devices, if


applicable

6. Verify that cooling fans and pumps operate correcfly and that
fan and pump motors have corect overcurrent protbction, if
applicable.

7. Verify operation of all alarm, control, and trip circuits from


temperature and level lndicators, pressure retief device, and
) fault pressure relay, if applicable.

8. lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high resistance


using one of the following methods:

1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance with


Section 7 .2.2.2 (Electrical Tests).

2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical


connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in
accordance with manufacturer's published data or
Table 10.12.

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance with


Section g.

o Verify corect liquid level in all tanks and bushings.

10. Vgrify that positive pressure is maintained on nitrogen-


blanketed transformers.

)
.s
'*
x. 7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES
i
:;
7.2 Transformers (cont.)
T
!
2. Liquid-Filled (cont.)
lii
t

i4
11. Perform specific inspections and mechanical tests as
I recommended by manufactu rer.
I

R
)'
12, Verify correct equipment grounding.
t"
;;
13. Verify the presence of transformer surge arresters.
R
I
&
2. ElectricalTests

E 1. Perform resistance measurements through all bolted


I
i
z
connections with low-resistance ohmmeter, if applicable, in
accordance with Section 7.2.2.1 (Visual and Mechanical
't lnspection).
I

2. Perform insu latio n-resistance tests, wi nd i n g-to-wi nd ng a nd


i

each winding-to-ground in accordance with Table 10.5.

Calculate polarization index.


;

t 4. Perform turns-ratio tests at all tap positions.


i
5. Test load tap-changer in accordance with Section7.12,if
{,
applicable.
!
$:
g
H
6. Perform i nsu lation power-factor/d issi pation-factor tests on
windings in accordance with test equipment manufacturer's
:

R
published data.
{!
PI
E
: 7. Perfo rm powe r-facto r/d iss ipation-factor tests or hot collar
:. watts-loss tests on bushings in accordance with test
"q:

c,* equipment manufacturer's published data

R
*8. Perform excitation-current tests in accordance with test
>i
,1

E equipment manufacturer's published data.

t"
N
9. Measure resistance of each high-voltage winding in each no-
T
! load tap-changer position. Measure resistance of each low-
voltage winding in each load tap-changer position, if
applicable.

*Optional

28 ATS-1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.2 Transformers(cont.)
2. Liquid-Fiiled (cont.)

10. lf core ground rlrp is accessible,


measure core insulation
resistance at 500 volts dc.

11. Measure ihe percentage of oxygen in the


nitrogen gas
blanket, if applicable.

12.
T:f:.": g-sgqnte of insutating tiquid in accordance with
ASTM D-923. sampre shail bitested for tne
rorrowing:

1. Dielectricbreakdown vottage:
--.s ASTM D-g7T and/or
ASTM D-1816..
2. Acid neutralization number: ANSI/ASTM D-924.

"3. Specific gravity: ANSI/ASTM D-1298.

4. lnterfaciar tension: ANS|/ASTM D-971


or ANs|/ASTM
D_2285.

) 5. Cotor: ANS|/ASTM D-1S00.

6 Visual Condition: ASTM D-1524.


*7. water in insurating riquids: ASTM D-1s33. (Required
on 25 kV or higher vortages and on ail siricone-Rileo
units.)
*8. Measure dissipation factor or power factor in
accordance with ASTM D_924.

13.
TgT:.u:_" sample of insulating liquid in accordance with
ASTM D3013 and perform dissolved g",
in
accordance with ANSyTEEE c57.104;r ASTM "n;fyrir-fOCnl
D-i612.
14. Perform tests on ail instrument transformers
in accordance
with Section 7.10.
s

T7 INSPEGTION AND TEST PROCEDURES


,9'

7.2 Transformers(cont.)
1:
..::

:,ll
2. Liquid-Filled (cont.)
3. Test Vatues
e
:i:
il
1. Compare bolted connection resistance to values of similar
connections.
t.
i:'
Jr 2. Bolt-torque levels should be in accordance with Table 14..12
unless otherwise specified by manufacturer.
?
I
I 3. Microhm or millivolt drop values shall not exceed the high
levels of the normal range as indicated in the manufacturer's
h
I published data. lf manufacturer's data is not available,
investigate any values which deviate from similar connections
by more than 50 percent of the lowest value.

4. lnsulation-resistance test values at one minute should not be


less than the values calculated in accordance with the formula
in Table 10.5. Results shall be temperature corrected in
accordance with Table 10.14.

5. The polarization index shall be greater than 1.0 and shall be


recorded for future reference.

6. Turns-ratio test results shall not deviate more than one-half


percent from either the adjacent coils or the calculated ratio.

7. Maximum power factor of liquid-filled transformers shall-be in


accordance with manufacturer's published data.
Representative values are indicated in Table 10.3.

B. lnvestigate bushing power factors and capacitances that vary


from nameplate values by more than ten percent. lnvestigate
j-
3

any bushing hot collar watts-loss results that exceed the test
equipment manufacturer's published data.
R

h o Typical excitation-current test data pattern for three-legged


core transformer is two similar current readings and one lower
s
il current reading.
$

10. Winding-resistance test results, after factoring in temperature


correction, should compare within one percent of factory
obtained results except in instances of extremely low
resistance values.

*Optional

30 ATS-1999
7. INSPEGTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.2 Transformers(cont.)
) 2. Liquid-Filled (cont.)
11. Consult manufacturer if core insulation is less than one
megohm at 500 volts dc.

12. lnvestigate presence of oxygen in the gas nitrogen blanket.

13. lnsulating liquid test results shalt be in accordance with rable


10.4.

14. Evaluate results of dissolved-gas analysis in accordance with


ANSI/IEEE Standard C57.104. Use results as baseline for
future tests.

)
t
!
a
i.
:.
,t
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROGEDURES

3i
7.3 Gables
i
tt 1. Low-Voltage, Low-Energy - Reserued
F
ll:

ii
2. Low-Voltage, 600 Vott Maximum

B
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection
.\-r
j:

1. Compare cable data with drawings and specifications.


T
il
ir
ir
2. lnspect exposed sections of cables for physical damage and
correct connection in accordance with single-line diagram.
i

.i
I
3. lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high resistance
using one of the following methods:

j 1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance with


.
Section 7 .3.2.2 (Electrical Tests).
'l
I

I 2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical


connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in
accordance with manufacturer's published data or
B
I

a Table 10.12.
s
g
Sl
&
3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance with
Section 9.
#
t
v
4. lnspect compression-applied connectors for correct cable
match and indentation.
&
ii;
ti
E
5. Verify cable color coding with applicable specifications and
the Nafion al Electrical Code.
I
f
d
E-

*Optional

32 ATS - 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.3 Gables (cont.)


w 2. Low-Voltage, 600 Volt Maximum (cont.)

2. ElectricalTests

1- Perform insulation-resistance test on each conductor with


respect to ground and adjacent conductors. Applied potential
shall be 500 volts dc for 300 vott rated cabte rnb f odO uolt"
dc for 600 volt rated cable. Test duration shalt be one minute.

2. Perform_resistance measurements through all bolted


connections with low-resistance ohmmeter, if applicable, in
accordance with section 7.3.2.1 (visual ano M6inanical
lnspection).

3. Perform continuity test to insure correct cable connection.

3. Test Values

1. Compare bolted connection resistance to values of similar


connections.

2. Bolt-torque revers should be in accordance with rable 10.12


D unless otherwise specified by the manufacturer.

3. Microhm or millivolt drop values shall not exceed the high


levels of the normal range as indicated in the manufactilrer's
published data. lf manufacturer's data is not available,
investigate any values which deviate from similar connections
by more than 50 percent of the lowest value.

4- Minimum insulation-resistance values should not be less than


50 megohms.

5. lnvestigate deviations between adjacent phases.

)
$

INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES


-T l:
:
\'
7.

7.3 Cables (cont.)


1
i
3. Medium-Voltage, 69 kV Maximum
z
i

1, Visual and Mechanical lnspection


'a
!l
i
i1
b 1. Compare cable data with drawings and specifications.
ts.
l:
I]
2. lnspect exposed sections of cables for physical damage.
,2

3 3. lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high resistance


:,
it
using one of the following methods:
4

F 1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance with


Section V .3.3.2 (Electrical Tests).
?:

-9
1:
2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical
I connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in
"'
accordance with manufacturer's published data or
s Table 10.12.
L
Jj

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance with


i:
Section L
s

4. lnspect compression-applied connectors for correct cable


s match and indention.
t:
t
5. lnspect for shield grounding, cable support, and termination.
i
I
6. Verify that visible cable bends meet or exceed ICEA and/or
manufacturer's minim um allowab le bending rad ius.
j

7. lnspect fireproofing in common cable areas, if specified.


t
i
i 8. lf cables are terminated through window-type current
transformers, make an inspeciion to verify ihat neutrat and
? ground conductors are correctly placed and that shields are
[i

a
correctly terminated for operation of protective devices.

F o Visually inspect jacket and insulation condition.


!
t1
4

10. lnspect for correct identification and arrangements.


:i
il
!l
I

*Optional

34 ATS - 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.3 Gables (cont.)


3. Medium-Voltage, 69 kV Maximum (cont.)
2. ElectricalTests

1. Perform a shield-continuity test on each power cable by


ohmmeter method.

2. Perform an insulation-resistance test utilizing a megohmmeter


with a voltage output of at least 2500 volts. lndividually test
each conductor with all other conductors and shields
grounded. Test duration shall be one minute.

3. Perform resistance measurements through all bolted


connections with low-resistance ohmmeter, if applicable, in
accordance with Section 7.3.3.1 (Visual and trl66hanical
lnspection).

4. Perform a dc high-potentialtest on all cables. Adhere to all


precautions and limits as specified in the applicable
NEMA/ICEA Standard for the specific cable. Perform tests in
accordance with ANSI/IEEE Standard 400. Test procedure
shall be as follows, and the results for each cable test shall be
recorded as specified herein. Test voltages shall not exceed
B0 percent of cable manufacturer's factory test value or the
maximum test voltage in Table 10.6.

1. lnsure that the input vottage to the test set is regutated.

2. Current-sensing circuits in test equipment shall


measure only the leakage current associated with the
cable under test and shall not include internal leakage
of the test equipment.

3. Record wet- and dry-bulb temperatures or relative


humidity and temperature.

4. Test each section of cable individually.

5. lndividually test each conductor with all other


conductors grounded. Ground all shields.

6. Terminations shall be adequately corona-suppressed


by guard ring, field reduction sphere, or other suitable
methods as necessary.
i:

I7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.3 Gables (cont.)


E
I
!:'
3. Medium-Voltage, 69 kV Maximum (cont.)

7. lnsure that the maximum test voltage does not exceed


$
;.:
the limits for terminators specified in ANSI/IEEE
ir
Standard 48, IEEE 386, or manufacturefs
specifications.
1?
j

i B. Apply a dc high-potential test in at least five equal


increments until maximum test voltage is reached. No
E
i increment shall exceed the voltage rating of the cable.
i Record dc leakage current at each step after a
constant stabilization time consistent with system
T
I
charging current.

3 9. Raise the conductor to the specified maximum test


): voltage and hold for 15 minutes on shielded cable and
,t
five minutes on nonshielded cable. Record readings of
e leakage current at 30 seconds and one minute and at
9,
sl one minute intervals thereafter.
z

R. 10. Reduce the conductor test potential to zero and


).,
,;
6;
measure residual voltage at discrete intervals.

F 11. Apply grounds for a time period adequate to drain all


tr
t'
4
insulation stored charge.

t
12. When new cables are spliced into existing cables, the
i
I dc high-potentialtest shall be performed on the new
cable prior to splicing in accordance with Section 7.3.2.
After test results are approved for new cable and the
splice is completed, an insulation-resistance test and a
shield-continuity test shall be performed on the length
?
i
of new and existing cable including the splice. After a
i- satisfactory insulation-resistance test, a dc high-
potentialtest shall be performed on the cable utilizing a
s
:!'
t; test voltage acceptable to owner and not exceeding 60
h
a percent of factory test value.
$
I
*
a

s
i:l
v
n

*Optional

36 ATS-1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.3 Gables (cont.)


@
3. Medium-Voltage, 69 kV Maximum (cont.)

3. Test Values

1. compare bolted connection resistance to vatues of similar


connections.

2. Bolt-torque levels should be in accordance with rabte 10.12


unless otherwise specified by manufacturer.

3. Microhm or millivolt drop values shall not exceed the high


levels of the normal range as indicated in the manufactureds
published data. lf manufacturer's data is not available,
investigate any values which deviate from similar connections
by more than 50 percent of the towest value.

4. sh.ielding shall exhibit continuity. lnvestigate resistance


values in excess of ten ohms per 1000 feet of cable.
*5.
Graphic plots may be made of leakage current versus step
voltage at each increment and reakage current versus time at
final test voltages.
)
1. The step voltage slope should be reasonably linear.

2. capacitive and absorption cu'ent shourd decrease


continually until steady state leakage is approached.
$
.I

7
.i:
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.3 Cables (cont.)


i
: 4. High-Voltage
ti

1. Visual and Mechani€l lnspection


t-..

;,;
1. Compare cable data with drawings and specifications.
-h
ii
l 2. lnspect exposed sections of cables for physical damage.
i
3. lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high resistance
r)
(
using one of the following methods:
t
.} 1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance with
I
: Section 7 .3.4.2 (Electrical Tests).
t

tl
2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical
J connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in
accordance with manufacturer's published data or
il
Table 10.12.
;:

&
3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance with
il Section 9.
ji
4. lnspect compression-applied connectors for correct cable
r
I match and indention.

5. lnspect for shield grounding, cable support, and termination.

b. Verify that visible cable bends meet or exceed ICEA and/or


manufacturer's minimum allowable bending radius.
i
i
7. lnspect fireproofing in common cable areas, if specified.
tr
i
'g
8. lf cables are terminated through window-type current
transformers, make an inspection to verify that neutral and
fr
ground conductors are correctly placed and that shields are
'!)

E
correctly terminated for operation of protective devices.

$
$
9. Visually inspect jacket and insulation condition.
b

10. aa\.tr -.a for


lnspect a.\ correct
.-a\ -.(
identification and
\qs\\t\\\sel(\s\\ arranoements.
(1\\s t1\\t1\\sc\\\c\\tj.-
3
l(
4
;,
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

,0 7.3 Gables (cont.)


4. High-Voltage (cont.)

2. ElectricalTests

1. Perform a shield-continuity test on each power cable


by
ohmmeter method.

2. Perform an insulation-resistance test utilizing a megohmmeter


with. a voltage output of at least 2s00 votts. ii,oiuiarllly
test
each conductor with all other conductors and shields
grounded. Test duration shall be one minute.

3. Perform resistance measurements through all bolted


connections with low-resistance ohmmeter, if applicabte,
in
accordance with section 2.9.4.1 (Visuar ano ueinanicar
lnspection).

4. Perform a dc high-potentialtest on all cables. Adhere


to all
precautions and limits as specified in the appricable
NEMA/|CEA standard for the specific cable. perrorm
tests in
accordance with ANSI/IEEE standard 400. Test procedure
shall be as follows, and the resutts for each canitii""t.n"u
o"
) le3orded as specified herein. Test vottages shail nolexceed
80 percent of cable manufacturer's factJry test value or
the
maximum test voltage in Table 10.6.

1. lnsure that the input voltage to the test set is regulated.

2. Current-sensing circuits in test equipment shall


measure only the leakage curreni associated with the
cable under test and shall not include internat leakage
of the test equipment.

3. Record wet- and dry-burb temperatures or rerative


humidity and temperature.

4. Test each section of cable individually.

5. lndividually test each conductor with all other


conductors grounded. Ground all shields.

6. Terminations shail be adequatery corona-suppressed


by guard ring, fierd reduction sphere, or other'suitabre
methods as necessary.

*Optional
ATS- 1999 39
I

TEST PROCEDURES
7. INSPEGTION AND

7.3
r 'v cables (cont.) $ Ut,

i: High-Voltage (cont')
test voltage-does not exceed
7 - lnsure that the maximum
in'ANSI/IEEE
the limits for terminaioit tp"tified
specifications'
Standard 48 or manufacturer's
at least five equal
8. Apply a dc high-potential !"lin
test voltage is reached' No
incrementt''iiirHaxim.um cable'
increment "f"uf"I" the voltage rating 9f 11"
a
Record O" current at each step after
'il"ii "*""ed
with system
constant tt"Uifitition time consistent
charging current'

Raise the conductor to the


specified maximum test
9. for 15 minutes on shielded cable
and
voltage
"";illd Record readings of
five minut;';;;;rnLiolo cable.
and one minute and at
leakag" cuirent at 30 secon-ds
;; riinute intervals thereafter'

Reduce the conductor test


potentialto zero and
10. d iscrete i ntervals'
measu re t;t''d ;;i;"ltage ai
adequate to drain all
11. Apply grounds for a time period
insutation stored charge'
into existing cables' the
12. When new cables are spliced on the new
;; il;fi;tentialtesisnall be performed with Section 7 '3'2'
cable prior to spfic"'';gln "t"otO"nte
new cable and the
After test results ;';;p;;"ed.for test and a
solice is complet;;Jrii;tulation-resistance
:iliffi -;;]iilitv il;;;ii ;; perrormed on the rensth
the splice' After a
B
of new and existin-g-;;b6 incllding
:1.

t-
l!
.itiJti.t"rv intrr"tlo*iesistance on test' a dc !i9h;" '
the cable utilizing, a
potentialtest sniiu'e p"iot*"0
and not exceeding 60
$ test voltage acceptable to owner
i.
percent oi factory test value'

ffi

*Optional

40 ATS - 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.3 Gables (cont.)


4. High-Voltage (cont.)

3. Test Values

1. compare bolted connection resistance to values of similar


connections.

2. Bolt-torque levels should be in accordance with Table 10.12


unless otherwise specified by manufacturer.

3. Microhm or millivolt drop values shall not exceed the high


levels of the normal range as indicated in the manufacture/s
published data. lf manufacture/s data is not available,
investigate any values which deviate from similar connections
by more than 50 percent of the lowest value.

4. Shielding shall exhibit continuity. lnvestigate resistance


values in excess of ten ohms per 1000 feet of cable.

"5. Graphic plots may be made of leakage curent versus step


voltage at each increment and leakage current versus time at
finaltest voltages.

1. The step voltage slope should be reasonably linear.

2. Capacitive and absorption current should decrease


continually until steady state teakage is approached.

"Optional
tH -.--

T
l
i' PROCEDURES
'I . INSPECTION AND TEST

T 7.4 Metal-Enclosed BuswaYs Cr


i

1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection


t.
j'
ii
E
l.Compareequipmentnameplatedatawithdrawingsand
specifications.

2 ["j"?:::::Til":ttlJ:fi3'oo,:il:ffi
and correct cclnnection in

3.lnspectforappropriatebracing'suspension'alignment'and
enclosure ground'

4.lnspectallboltedelectricalconnectionsforhighresistanceusingone
of the following methods:

l,Useoflow-resistance.ohmmeterinaccordancewithSection
7 .4 -2 (Electrical Tests)'
;
. !--r -^-h^^*iane hrr
2.Verifytightnessofaccessibleboltedelectricalconnectionsby
in accordance with
cafinr#iifi;;;;h method
puoritTo data or Table 1 o'12'
i *"nrt"ii'i!tt-
Q)
!:
,'i
f:
3.PerformthermographicsurveyinaccordancewithSection9.
;ical orientation in accordance
with manufacturer's
s
si 6u"b to'iniure adequate cooling'
'dt

6.Examineoutdoorbuswayforremovalof..weep-hole''plugs,if
of joint shield'
F
il
F]
applicable, uiO n" torrect installation
g

il
2. ElectricalTests
and
ft of each busway' pl-?t9+o-phase
1. Measure insulation resistance 10'1'
phase-to-ground *inute' in accordance with Table
t"i"t"
2.Performanoverpotentialtestoneachbusway,phase.to.groundwith
manufacturer's
phases not ;;;; tlst grouno"J, in "."ordante'with test'
no recommendation for this
published d;i;.lirunilt""turer has
witnlaoG ro.rz. w.hgre no dc test value is
it shalt u" in
"."oid"n." useO' The test voltage shall
shown in Table 10.17 ,". u"tu""Jft"tiUe
be aPPlied for one minute'
p
Ii

E

* *Optional
$
g

42 ATS - 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.4 Metal-EnclosedBusways(cont.)
t 3' Perform contact-resistance test on each connection point
of
noninsulated busway. on insulated busway, *""rrr" resistance
assembled busway sections and compare values with - of
--
adjacent
phases.

4' Perform phasing test on each busway tie section energized


by
separate sources. Tests must be performed from theiipermanent
sources.

3. Test Values

1' Compare bolted connection resistances and bus joint resistances


t-'- to
values of similarconnectiond.
2. Bus bolt-torque levels should be in accordance with
Table rc.n
unless otherwise specified by manufacturer.

3. Microhm or millivolt drop values shall not exceed the


high levels of
the normal range as indicated in the manufacturer,s pubtished
data,
lf manufacturefs data is not availabte, investig;b ;;y varues
which
deviate from similar connections by more ttrai so percent
of the
lowest value.

4' lnsulation-resistance test voltages and resistance values shall


be in
accordance with manufacturer's published data or Tabte
10.1.
Minimum resistance values are for a nominal 1000 foot busway run.
tn9 t9llowing formula to convert the measured resistance vatue
f-1s.9
to the 1000-foot nominatvalue:

R,oooo:Measured Resistance * Length of Run


. 1000
Converted values of insutation resistance less than those
in Table
10.1 or manufacturer's minimum shatl be investigateO. Ou"rpot"nti"f
tests shall not proceed until insulation-resistance levels are
raised
above minimum values.

5' The insutation shallwithstand the overpotentialtest voltage applied.


ffi=:
t
I, INSPECTION AND TEST
PROCEDURES
t.
l:
L 7,5 Switches
$
1. Air Switches
tl
1. Low'Voltage
1l

1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection


,:
e

data with drawings


i:
i.
1. Compare equipment nameplate
{ and sPecifications'
s condition'
ir
2. lnspect physical and mechanical
il

manufacturer's
3. Confirm correct application of
recommended lubricants'
and required area
4- Verify appropriate anchorage
clearances'
grounding'
5. Verify appropriate equipment

6. Verify correct blade alignment' !]?9'?ftetration'


travel stops' and mechanical operatlon'
are in accordance with
7. Verify that fuse sizes and types
a
:r
jr-#ng. snort-iiicuit I'nO coordination studies-
3 "nO
adequate mechanical
8. Verify that each fuse holder has
$ support.
Ig
for high
9. lnspect all bolted electrical connections
methods:
resistance uslng on" of the following
in accordance
1. Use of low-resistancg gl.mTeter
Tests)'
with Section i'S't '1'2 (Electrical
bolted electrical
2. Verify tightness of accessible
connections by calibrated torque-wrench .
method in with manufacturer's
"""btOtnce
Table 10'12'
Published data or
in accordance
Perform thermographic survey
with Section 9.

correct operation and


10. Test allinterlocking systems for
sequencing.

44 ATS - 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.5 Switches (cont.)


0 1. Air Switches (cont.)
1. Low-Voltage (cont.)
11- Veriff correct phase barrier materials and instattation.

12. tnspect all indicating and control devices for correct


operation.

2. ElectricalTests

1. Perform insuration-resistance tests on each pote,


phase-to-p hase and phase_to_g rou nd with switch
closed and across each open fole for one minute. Test
voltage shail be in accordance with manufacturer,s
published data or Table 10.1.

2. Measure contact-resistance across each switchblade


and fuse holder.

3. Measure fuse resistance.

D 4 :""f,"j[#]*iilT#tT:f[:"j;ffi"jg?,a,, bo,ted

applicable, in accordance with section 7.s.1.L 1 (Visuar


and Mechanical lnspection).

5. Verify heater operation.


.r
I
'.'

PROCEDURES
t. INSPECTION AND TEST
'1
! 7.5
r 'v Switches (cont') $'rr'
.!
:i
i: Air bwitches (cont').(cont')
1. Low-Voltage
t-
I
.s i:
3. Test Values
values of
.3
i 1. Compare bolted connection resistance to
similar connections'
:l

!; 2.Bolt-torquelevelsshouldbeinaccordancewithTable
ed by manufactu rer'
;i:
1 0. 1 ;;;'i;ss oir'erwise specifi
3|:
3.Microhmormillivoltdropvaluesshallnotexceedthe
as indicated in the
high levels of the no.t*tt range
#;;;i;rei! puurirn"o 0.i". lf manufacturer's data
va.lues which devlat9
is not available' inu"=iig"t" any
l

than 50 percent of
from similar connectionl- ny mot"
;

the lowest value'


shall be-in accordance
4. Minimum insulation resistance 10'1'
t *itn'*ln'mtut"f" puntitn"O data or Table
a

values which
5' lnvestigate any contact resistance
deviatefromadjacenfpobsorsimilarswitchesby C
more than 25 Percent'
that deviate from
s
a 6. lnvestigate fuse-resistance values
s
FJ oiner by more than 15 percent'
d
"..ft
b
g
$1
;!
E

R
;i
li -

*Optional

46 ATS-1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.5 Switches (cont.)


0 1. Air Switches (conl)
2. Medium-Voltage, Metal-Enclosed
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings


and specifications.

2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition.

3. Confirm correct application of manufacturer's


recommended lubricants.

4. Verify appropriate anchorage and required area


clearances.

5. Verify appropriate equipment grounding.

o. Verify correct blade alignment, blade penetration,


travel stops, and mechanical operation.

il 7. Verify that fuse sizes and types are in accordance with


drawings and short-circuit and coordination studies.

8. Verify that expulsion-limiting devices are in place on all


holders having expulsion-type elements.

9. Verify that each fuse hotder has adequate mechanical


support.

10. lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high


resistance using one of the following methods:

1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance


with Section 7.5.1 .2.2 (ElectricalTests).

2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical


connections by calibrated torque-wrench
method in accordance with manufacturer's
published data or Table 1A.12.

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance

t with Section 9.
p

::
i
.nl. INSPEGTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

:li 7.5 Switches (cont')


.i L Air Switches (cont') Metal-Enclosed (cont')
rs
2. Medium-Voltage,
t
:i;
:.U
ll.Testallinterlockingsystemsforcorrectoperationand
sequencing'

.ri 12.Verifycorrectphase-barriermaterialsandinstallation.

ii
i:
l3.Compareswitchbladeclearanceswithindustry
i: standards.
t
14.lnspectallindicatingandcontroldevicesforcorrect
oPeration.

2. ElectricalTests
pole'
"_! 1. Perform insulation-resistance tests on each
i: pfl""u-to-phase and phase-to-g rou nd with switch
Test
closed and across each open pole for one minute'
s JJtag";hall be in accordance with manufacturer's
'li published data orTable 10.1.
&

switch
!i 2. Perform an overpotentialtest on each pole with
poles
iil closed. Test eaih pole-to-ground with all other
,,
iest voitage snitl ue in accordance with
;;;;J
ii"nut"Arrer's published data or Table 10'2'
bolted
3. Perform resistance measurements through 4l
with low-resistance ohmmeter' if
(Visual
apfticaOte, in accordance with Section 7'5'1'2'1
"onn"ttions
and Mechanical lnsPection).

4. Measure contact resistance across each switchblade


and fuse holder.

5. Measure fuse resistance.

6. Verify heater oPeration.

"Optional
48 ATS- 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.5 Switches (cont.)


0 1. Air Switches (cont)
2. Medium_Voltage, Metal-Enclosed (cont.)

3. Test Values

1' compare borted connection resistances


to varues of
similar connections.

2' pglflorque tevers shoutd be in accordance with


rabre
10.12 unless otherwise specified OV r"nrlu.ilr"r.
3' Microhm or miilivort drop varues shail
not exceed the
high levels of the normal range as indicated
in the
manufacturer's pubrished dat-a. rr manuiactui"r.
is not avairabre, investigate any varues o"t"
which deviate
from simirar connection-s by more than
so peicent or
the lowest value_

4' The insutation shoutd withstand the overpotentiartest


voltage applied.

)
5. Minimum insuration resistance shail
be in accordance
wit h m a n u fa ct u re r's p u b is h e
r d o t" o
r-r"tL*i"ti. r .
"
6' rnvestigate fuse resistance varues
that deviate from
each other by more than 1S percent.

ATS - 1 999
s
-4
----"-

lG

it. INSPECTION AND TEST


PROCEDURES

T,.

i 7.5 Switches (cont')


j.:
1. Air Switches (cont';
- High'aho tu6Aium-Voltage' Open
E
3.
l:

t
t'
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection
data with drawings
+
.'
i,
1. Compare equipment nameplate
I and sPecifications'

i 2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition'


Ij
;:

3. Confirm correct application of manufacturer's


\ il
t recommended lubricants'
I,
i

with industry
3 4. Verify that grounding is in accordance
standards ind project specifications'
i:

i
,b

F
! 5.lnspectallboltedelectricalconnectionsforhigh
methods:
I
b
t"ti"i"n"" using one of the following
1- Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance
i!
!l with Section 7.5.1.3'2 (Electrical Tests)'

F 2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical


connections by calibrated torque-wrench .
I

3
;;ih;d il acc'ordance with manufacturer's
10' 12'
!
l Published data or Table

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance


i
I
with Seetion 9.
accordance with
Perform mechanical operator tests in
l
g

Ir -- manufacturer's Published data'


.$

of motor
7. Verify correct operation and adjustment
s
interlocks, if
J"i"t"i ii;it-r;',t;h;; and melhanical
,Bl

a "applicable.

$
::l
& 8. Verify correct blade alignment, blade
p"l,"tflll:^,^.
a
i;;;i ini"ii'"pter operation' and mechanical
"t"
"top.,if aPPlicable'
operation,

"Optional
50 ATS - 1999
7. INSPEGTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.5 Switches (cont.)


b 1. Air Switches (cont.)
g. High- and Medium_Voltage, Open (cont.)
2. ElectricalTests

*1. Perform insuration-resistance tests on each pore,


phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground
with switch
crosed and across each open for one minute. Test
fore
voltage shail be in accordance with manufacture/s
published data or Table 10.1.

2. Perform:n overpotentiar test on each pore with switch


-
crosed- Test each pore-to-ground with ati otner pores
grounded. Test vortage shail be in accordance -
*itn
manufacturer's pubrished data or Tabte 10.11.

3. Perform contact-resistance test across each


switchblade and fuse holder.

3. Test Values

1. compare borted connection resistances to varues of


) similar connections.

2. Bolltorque levels should be in accordance with rable


1 0 -1 2 un ress othenruise speciReJ
uy' rln rr""tr rur.

3. Microhm or miilivort drop varues shail not exceed


the
high revers of the normar range as indicaiuJlnih" -
manufacturer's published dat-a. lf manufacturer's data
is not avairabre, investigate any vatues which deviate
from simirar connectionl ny ror" fi.r"n s6 percent of
the lowest value.

4. lnsuration resistance varues shall be in accordance


with manufacturer's data or Table 10.1.

5. The insuration shail withstand the overpotentiartest


voltage applied.

6. contact resistance shail be determined in microhms.


lnvestigale any varue exceeding 500 microhms or
any
values which deviate from adjacent potes or
simirar
switches by more than 25 peicent.

*Optional
ATS- 1999 51
s'
$

s 7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES


I
I
7.5 Switches (cont')
I
i:
2. Oil Switches: Medium-Voltage $'r
,

1. Visual and Mechanical lnsPection


$
i:
* and
1. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings
;
ai
specifications.
!;
a
F

2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition'


*

lnspect anchorage, alignment, and grounding'


fl
,'l
t 3.

4. Performallmechanicaloperationandcontactalignmenttests
fn'Ootn tne switch and its operating mechanism'
and contact'
5. Check each fuse holder for adequate support

6. Veriff that fuse sizes and types correspond to drawings'


for correct
7. Test all electrical and mechanical interlock systems
operation and sequencing.
resistance
8. lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high CL
using one of the following methods:
with
1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance
Section 7 .5.2.2 (Electrical Tests)'

2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical


method in
connections by calibrated torque-wrench
data or
accordance witn manufacturer's published
Table 10.12.
with
3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance
Section 9.

9. Verify that insulating oil level is correct'

*Optional
52 ATS - 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.5 Switches (cont.)


b Z. Oil Switches: Medium_Voltage (cont.)
Z. ElectricalTests

1. perform a contact
resistance test.

2. perform resistance
measurements through a[ borted
con nections with row-resistan ce
m metEri #
9rr
accordance with section z.i.i.1(Visuar fr-prcao te, in
and Mechanicar
lnspection).

lSffi f .3,'iTji.;';Hii'il"',[:i:X',?::::li:ffi:[,,H,n"
referenced standard.

1. Dielectric breakdown voltage: ASTM


D_g77.

2. Color: ASTM D-1S00.

3. Visualcondition: ASTM D_1524.

) 4' Perform insulation-resistance tests pole-to-pole,


pole-to-
ground, and across open poles at
2500 volts minimum.
5' Perform insulation resistance tests
on allcontrolwiring at
1000 volts dc. For sorid-state
manufacturefs recommendations. "ornpon"ni"lioiiJ*'"
FEEa:>!+- -'-
E

7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.5 Switches (cont')


2. Oit Switches: Medium-Voltage (cont')
3. Test Values

l.CompareboltedconnectionresistancetoValuesofsimilar
connections'

2.Bolt-torquelevelsshouldbeinaccordancewithTablelo.l2
unless otherwise specified by manufacturer'

3.Microhmormillivoltdropvaluessha.llnotexceedthehigh
in the manufacturer's
levels of the normar r"ni" "r indic.atgd.
data is not available,
brUfirn"O data. lf manuiacturer's similar connections
inu.r-tig"i" any v"tu"s *ni"n deviate from
the lowest value'
UV *oL than 50 percent of

4.lnsulatingliquidtestresultsshallbeinaccordancewithTable
10.4.

5.Controlwiringinsulationresistanceshouldbeaminimumof
two megohms'
C

"Optional
s4 ATS - 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.5 Switches (cont.)


v 3. Vacuum Switches: Medium_Voltage

1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1. comp_are equipment nameptate data with drawings


and
specifications.

2. lnspectphysicalandmechanicalcondition.

3. lnspect anchorage, alignment, and grounding.

4' Perform all mechanical operation and contact atignment


tests
on both the switch and its operating mechanism.

5. check each fuse horder for adequate support and contact.

6. Verifi7 that fuse sizes and types correspond to drawings.

7 ' Test all electrical and mechanical interlock systems


for correct
operation and sequencing.

8. lnspect all bolted etectrical connections for high resistance


using one of the following methods:

1- use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance with


Section 7 .5.9.2 (Electrical Tests).

2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical


connections by caribrated torque-wrench method in
accordance with manufacturer's published data or
Table 10.12.

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance with


Section g.

9. Verify that insulating oil level is correct, if applicable.

ATS - 1 999
.:s

.F

Ig
INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.5 Switches (cont.)


t:
i:
i 3. Vacuum Switches: Medium-Voltage (cont')

2. ElectricalTests
T
t"
*
1. perform resistance measurements through allbolted electrical
connections with a low-resistance ohmmeter, if applicable'
?
:i,
see section 7.5.3.1 (Visual and Mechanical lnspection).
E

T
2. Perform a contact-resistance test'
i

3. Verify open and close operation from control devices, if


l applicable:
''
i

4. Perform insulation-resistance tests pole-to-pole, pole-to-


T
I ground, and across open poles at 2500 volts minirnum.
i
I

5. Perform vacuum bottle integrity (overpotential) test across


] each vacuum bottle with the switch in the open position in
strict accordance with manufacture/s published data. Do not
ir
ii
t
exceed maximum voltage stipulated for this test. Provide
R
!Y
tr adequate barriers and protection against x:radiation during
i,
E this test. Do not perform this test unless the contact
displacement of each interrupter is within manufacturer's C,l
t: tolerance. (Be aware that some dc high-potentialtest sets are
I
E half-wave rectified and may produce peak voltages in excess
of the switch manufacturefs recommended maximum.)

6. Remove a sample of insulating liquid, if applicable, in


accordance with ASTM D-923. Sample shall be tested in
accordance with the referenced standard.

1. Dielectric breakdown voltage: ASTM D-877

2. Color: ASTM D-1500

3. Visual condition: ASTM D-'1524

Perform insulation-resistance tests on all controlwiring at


1000 volts dc. For units with solid-state components, follow
manufacturer's recommendations.

*8. Perform an overpotentialtest in accordance with


manufacturer's published data.

*Optional

56 ATS- 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.5 Switches (cont.)


, 3. Vacuum Switches: Medium_Voltage
(cont.)
3. Test Vatues

1' connection resistances to varues


3",fi3ffibo.rted of simirar

2. Bort-torque revers shoutd be


in accordance with
unless otherwise specifieJ Lv rabre 10.12
rJnJi"."trr"r.
3' Microhm or millivolt drop values
shall not
revers of the normar range exceed the hiqh
as indicated in the manufactirer,s
- pubrished data. rf manuflctrri.
alil-is not avairabre,
investigate any varues which
simirar switches by more tnan
ouui"Gi.m adjacent pores or
sti'pei"lnt of the rowest varue.
4. contact dispracement shail be
in accordance with factorv
recorded data marked on
*," n"rn"-prr't!
switch or botfle. "f;;h"ffiil;
5. The vacuum bottes sha[ withstand
applied. 'v the
a,,v overpotentiarvortage

6. contro_rwiling insutation resistane


shoutd be a minimum of
two megohms.

T. The insuration shail withstand


the overpotentiar
YrvrY\
aPPlied. test vortage

B' rnsurating riquid test resurts


shat be in accordance with rabre
10.4.

4. SFo Switches: Medium-Voltage


- Reserved
5. Gutouts - Reserved
e

I
ij
9. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

f 7.6 Circuit Breakers


1. Low-Voltaqe
1. lnsu'iated Case/Molded Case
n
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection
and
u
$i
il 1. Compare nameplate data with drawings
specifications.
iI
I
i.
lnspect circuit breaker for correct
mounting'
t-
2.
operation'
i 3. Operate circuit breaker to insure smooth
I

4. lnspect case for cracks or other defects'


i
for high
,rj; E lnspect all bolted electrical connections
!
;[t;;;; using one of the following methods:
II
i ohmmeter in accordance
1. Use of low-resistance
E
witn S"ction 7-6'1'1'2 (Electrical Tests)'
5:
'ii
g
2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical Ci
t conn-ections by calibrated torque-wrench .
I
I
il
;"th;d acc'ordance with manufacturer's
Published data or Table
10'12'
'!

Perform thermographic survey in accordance


I
t
; 3.
with Section 9'
i
in
I
6. lnspect mechanism contacts and arc chutes
unsealed units.
i
t
$
2. ElectricalTests

ii
.i 1. Perform a contact-resistance test'

at 1000 volts dc
2.
L' Perform an insulation-resistance test
with
ito* por"-t*poi" ano from each pole-to-ground
of each
breaker closed and across open contacts
Phase

*Optional

58 ATS- 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.6 Circuit Breakers (cont.)


0 1. Low-Vottage (cont.)
1. lnsulated Case/Molded Case (cont)
3. Perform resistance measurements through all bolted
connections with low-resistance ohmmeter, if
applicabre, in accordance with section 7.6.1 .1 .1 (Visuar
and Mechanical lnspection).

"4. Perform insulation resistance tests at 1000 volts dc on


allcontrolwiring.. Do not perform the test on wiring
connected to solid state components.

5. Perform adjustments for finar settings in accordance


with coordination study supplied by-owner.

6. Perform long-time delay time-current characteristic


tests by passing 300 percent rated primary current
through each pore separatery unress seriei testing is
required to defeat ground fautt functions.

7. Determine shorttime pickup and delay by primary


) current injection.

8. Determine grould-fault pickup and time delay by


primary current injection.

9. Determine instantaneous pickup current by primary


injection using run-up or pulse method.

10. Verify correct operation of any auxiriary features such


as trip and.pickup indicators, zone interlocking,
electrical close and trip operation, trip_free, aid
antipump function.
*11. Verify the calibration of all functions of the trip unit by
means of secondary injection.
3
it.
t'
INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

:,]
7.6 Gircuit Breakers (cont.)
1. Low-Voltage (cont.)
a
1. lnsulated Case/Molded Gase (cont')
i
t 3. Test Values

1$
t
1. compare botted connection resistance to values of
.&
similar connections.

s
t
2. Bolt-torque levels should be in accordance with Table
1
:id lo.l2unlessotherwisespecifiedbymanufacturer
'16
{j
t"
r
3. Microhm or millivolt drop values shall not exceed the
highlevelsofthenormalrangeasindicatedinthe
manufacturecs published data. lf manufacture/s data
1l
is not available, investigate any values which deviate
from similar connections by more than 50 percent of
the lowest value.

4. circuit breaker insulation resistance should be in


accordance with Table 10.1.

5. Controlwiring insulation resistance should be a


minimum of two megohms
C

6. Trio characteristic of breakers shall fall within


m a n ufactu rer's pub lished time-cu rre nt characteristic
tolerance band, including adjustment factors. lf
manufacturer's curves are not available trip times shall
be equalto or less than the values shown in Table
10.7. Circuit breakers exceeding specified trip time at
300 percent of pickup shall be tagged defective'
s
6
.'
8-- 7. lnstantaneous pickup values of molded-case circuit
breakers shall be wiinin the tolerances shown in Table
B
r!
10.8.
t.

s{
!l
il

I
E

*Optional

60 ATS- 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.6 Gircuit Breakers (cont.)


{ 1. Low:Voltage (cont.)
2. Power-
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1. Co*pjrg.nameplate data with drawings and


specifications.

2. lnspect physicar and mechanicar condition.

3. confirm correct apprication of manufacturer,s


recommended lubricants.

4. lnspect.anchorage.,alignment,.andgrounding.lnspect
arc chutes. rnspect moving and statLnary
contacts for
condition, w€ar, and alignment.

5. Verify that ail maintenance devices are avairabre


for
servicing and operating the breaker.

6. Vgrify that primary


3n.d secondary contact wipe and
other dimensions vitar to satisfaciory oferation
of the
breaker are correct.

7 - Perform art mechanicar operator and contact


arignment
tests on both the breakerand its operating mect"nirr.

8. lnspect ail borted erectricar connections for high


resistance using one of the foilowing methods:

1. Use of row-resistance ohmmeter in accordance


with Section 7.6.1 .2.2 (ElectricalTests).

2. Veri.fu tightness of accessibre borted erectricar


conneclions by calibrated torque-wrench
method in accordance with manufacturer's
published data or Table 10.12.

3. egfog thermographic survey in accordance


with Section g.

9. Verify cellfit and element alignment.

il 10. Verify racking mechanism.

"Optional
ATS-1999 61
PROCEDURES
it. INSPECTION AND TEST

*I
a
li
'1
7.6 Gircuit Breakers (cont') . .
1. Low-Voltage (cont')
2. Power (cont')
$
i:,
2. ElectricalTests

1. Perform a contact-resistance test'


bolted
2.
L' Perform resistance measurements through 4l
if
t"nt".ii"n. *itf't low-resistance ohmrneter'
7'6' 1'2'1 (Visual
applicable,il;;;tdance with Section
and Mechanical lnsPection)'

v'
3.Performaninsulation-resistancetestatl000voltsdc
ito* pofot*pote anO from each pole-to-ground with
of each
breaker closed and across open contacts
3
l:
t phase.

ii(
*4.Performinsulation-resistancetestsatl000voltsdcon
]i
allcontrol*iiing Do not perform the test on wiring
connected to sotiO state components'
g

in accordance
"!
{:
* 5. Make adjustments for the final settings
with the coordination study supplied by owner' C
i primary current
i)
6. Determine minimum pickup current by
injection.

Determine long-time delay by primary


current injection'
7.
by primary
8. Determine short-time pickup and delay
i

current injection.
B
I
s
g. Determine ground-fault pickup and delay
by primary
current iniection'
t
by primary
10. Determine instantaneous pickup value
i\.
I
6
current injection'
t
F
5
v
*11. Verify the calibration of all functions of the trip
unit by
means of secondary injection'

"Optional
62 ATS - 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.6 Gircuit Breakers (cont.)


0 1. Low-Voltage (cont.)
2. Power (cont.)
12. Activate auxiliary protective devices, such as ground-
fault or undervoltage retays, to insure operation of shunt
trip devices. check the operation of erectricarty-
operated breakers in their cubicles.

13. Verify correct operation of any auxiliary features such


triq and.pickup indicators, zone interlocking,
":
electrical close and trip operation, trip_free, and
antipump function and verify trip unitbattery condition.

14. Verify operation of charging mechanism.

3. Test Values

1. cornpare borted connection resistance to varues of


similar connections.

2. Bolt-torque levels should be in accordance with rable


10-12 unress othenrvise specified by manufacturer.

3_ Microhm or millivolt drop vatues shail not exceed the


high levels of the normal range as indicated in the
manufacturer's published data. lf manufacture/s data
is not available, investigate any values which deviate
from similar connections by more than 50 percent of
the lowest value.

4. Circuit breaker insulation resistance should be in


accordance with Table 10.1.

5. Centratwiring insulation resistance should be a


minimum of two megohms

6. Trip characteristics of breakers shall fail within


manufacturer's published time-current tolerance bands.

ATS - 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.6 Circuit Breakers (cont')


2. Medium-Voltage (cont')
1. Air
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1. Compare nameplate data with drawings and


sPecifications.

2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition'

3. Confirm correct application of manufacturefs


recommended lubricants.

4. lnspect anchorage, alignment, and grounding. lnspect


arc chutes. lnspect moving and stationary contacts for
condition, wear, and alignment'

5. Verify that all maintenance devices are available for


servicing and operating the breaker'

6. Verify that primary and secondary contact wipe a1$


othei dimensions vital to satisfactory operation of the G
breaker are correct

7. Perform all mechanical operator and contact alignment


' tests on both the breaker and its operating mechanism.

B.lnspectallboltedelectricalconnectionsforhigh
resistance using one of the following methods:

l.Useoflow-resistanceohmmeterinaccordance
with Secti on 7 -6.2.1.2 (Electrical Tests)'

2.Verifytightnessofaccessibleboltedelectrical
connections by calibrated torque-wrench .
method in accordance with manufacturer's
published data orTable 10.12'

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance


with Section 9.

9. Check cellfit and element alignment'

*Optional

64 ATS-1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.6 Gircuit Breakers (cont.)


'0 2. Medium-Voltage (cont)
1. Air (cont.)
10. Check racking mechanism.

11. lnspect puffer operation.

*12. Perform circuit breaker timing tests.

13. Record as-found and as-reft operation-counter


readings.

2. ElectricalTests

1. perform a contact resistance


test
2. Measure insuration resistance pote-to-pore, pore-to
ground, an-d_across open poles. Use
a minimum test
voltage of 2500 volts.

3. Perform resistance measurements through ail


borted
connections with low-resistance ohmmeter,
if
applicable, in accordance with SectionZ.A.Z.L
and Mechanical lnspection).
(Visual l
*4.
Perform insulation-resistance tests at 1000 vorts
dc on
all control.wiring. Do not perform the test on wirin!
connected to solid-state components.

5. With breaker in the test position, make the following


tests:

1. Trip and close breaker with the control switch.

2. Trip breaker by operating each of its protective


relays.

3. Verify trip-free and antipump function.


*4.
Test trip and ctose circuit at reduced control
voltages, if applicable.
*6.
Perfo rm d iss ipation-facto r/p owe r_facto r
test with
il breaker in both open and closed positions.
INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.6 Circuit Breakers (cont.)


2. Medium-Voltage (cont.)
1. Air (cont.)
*7. Perform an overpotential test in accordance with
manufacturer's Published data.

8. Measure blow-out coil circuit resistance.

3. Test Values

1. Compare bolted connection resistance to values of


3-
t
similar connections.
;
lt

2. Bolt-torque levels should be in accordance with Table


,3
fi.12 unless otherwise specified by manufacturer.
i
.b

3. Microhm or millivolt drop values shall not exceed the


high levels of the normal range as indicated in the
manufacturer's published data. lf manufacturer's data
I

is not available, investigate any values which deviate


from similar connections by more than 50 percent of
the lowest value.
€,r
4. Circuit breaker insulation resistance should be in
accordance with Table 10.1.

5. Controlwiring insulation resistance should be a


minimum of two megohms.

6. test resu lts shal I be


Dissi pation-factor/power-factor
compared with previous tests of similar breakers or
manufacturer's Published data.

7. The insulation shall withstand the overpotential test


voltage applied.

8. Minimum pickup for trip and close coils shall conform


to manufacturer's published data.

*Optional

66 ATS- 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.6 Gircuit Breakers (cont.)


)
2. Medium-Voltage (cont)
2. oit

1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1. Compare equipment nameplate data with


drawings
and specifications.

2. lnspect physicat and mechanical condition.

3. Confirm corect application of manufacturer,s


recommended lubricants.

4. lnspect anchorage, alignment, and grounding.

5. Veriff that breather vents are clear.

6. Perform allmechanical operation and contact


alignment tests on both tfr"
and its
"ii.ritlreaker
operating mechanism in accordance with
manufacturer,s published data.

7. lf performing internal inspection:

1. Remove oil. Lower tanks or remove manhole


covers as necessary. lnspect bottom of tank
for
broken parts and debris. '

2. lnspect lift rod and toggle assembties, contacts,


interrupters, bumpers, dashpots, bushing
current transformers, tank liners, and galkets.

3. Slow-close breaker and check for binding,


friction, contact a tig n ment, penetration,
overtravel. Verify that all phases make contact
"]id
simultaneously.

4' Refilltank(s) with firtered oirto correct revers.


7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

i0 7.6 Circuit Breakers (cont.)


2. Medium-Voltage (cont.)
2. Oit (cont)

3' Trip. circuit breaker by operation of


each protective
device.

4' Perform insuration-resistancetestspore-to-pore,


pore-
to-ground, and across open poles zsoo,iori.
minimum. "i
5' Perform resistance measurements through
ail borted
connections with low_resistance ohmm"t*,
app licab re, in accorda nce with secti'i"
ii
1 .a.b...2. 1 (visua
and Mechanical lnspection). r

*6. Perform insuration-resistance tests on


ail controtwiring_
at 1000.volts dc..Do not perform this test on
connected to solid-state relays.
*iiing

7 ' Perform dissip.ation factor/power factor


tests on each
pole w*h breaker open and each pna""
*iin oi""tu,
closed. Determine tank loss index.

8. Pe rfo rm d iss ipatio n-factor/p owe


r-fa ctor tests o n ea
vqvr
ch
bushing. Use conductive sirap.
"nJr.,ot ";l;r-"
procedures if bushings are not equippeO
Witn a power-
factor tap.

9. Verify trip, close, trip-free, and antipump


functions.
*1
0. Pe.form minimum pickup voltage tests on
trip and close
coils.

"11. Perform an overpotentialtest in accordance


manufacturer's instructions. '- - with
-" '

I
ATS - 1 999
PROCEDURES
7. INSPECTION AND TEST

7.6 Gircuit Breakers (cont')


;: Medium-Voltage (cont')
2. Oil (cont')
3. Test Values
to values of
1. Compare bolted connection resistance
similar connections'
accordance with Table
2. Bolt-torque levels should be in
by manufacturer'
10.f 2 ui'i"tt otherwise specified

shall.nol exceed the


3. Microhm or millivolt drop values
as indicated in the
high levels of the notmit range
#;;;i;rer's pubtished dala. lf manufacturer's data
va.lues which deviate
is not available, investigate any
50 percent of
tro,i ti"if"i C"nn"ttiont ny mote than
the lowest value'
velocity values to
k
5
4. Compare circuit breaker travel and
manufacturer's acceptable limits'
R

'
comply with Table
$
5. lnsulating-liquid test results should G
10.4.
B
I
should be in
J
6. Circuit breaker insulation resistance
:
accordance with Table 10'1'
i
should be a
7. Controlwiring insulation resistance
minimum of two megohms'
resu lts and tank
Dissipatio n-facto r/powe r-factor test
.i
B.
-t ilJ; fi;;* shall bJcompared to manufacturer's
l
p,iurisGo oata. tn tn" of.manufacturer's
I "'bt"n"" shall be made to
[tniittt"O data, the comparison
fr
q
similar breakers.
k
#
capacitance test
9. Dissipatio n-f actor/power-facto r and
ft otrii":inould be within ten percent of nameplate
fi!n
g rating for bushings.
test
$ 10. The insulation shall withstand the overpotential
w voltage aPPlied.
coils shall conform to
F
s: 11. Minimum pickup for trip and close
E manutacture/s Publish"d
.

m
*'l
*Optional
5
70 ATS-1999
'sJelpaJq Jeltulls ol apeu.I aq
lleqs uosueduoc
aql Elep porlstlqnd s,JoJnlceJnuer! Jo acussqe
aql ul .Elep peqsrlqnd s,JaJnlceJnueu ol paredtuoc
oq lp q s sll n seJ lsal JolceJ-:eanod7.ro1ce;-uonedrssrq '6

'sutqobatl o/vq Jo uJn [u!u!tu


B eq plnoqs acuelsrsar uorlelnsur ouurrn '8
1o.r1ir63

'elep paqsrgqnd s,JaJnlceJnuEtu


ol sanlen 6ututrl JoleaJq llncJtc a.redtuo3 .L

'palldde ebelon
;enuqodrano eql puBlsr{lrl lleqs.raionr"lr; iq1 'o

t"16T
1o e'e1 da u eu a Lrl r;it"r:J; #lJ#l,:;"?:
r'tr}lm ecuepJocoe ut aq lleLls luatuace;dsrp '9
1ce1uo3 {
'L'0t elqBl
qlt^^ acuepJocce
u! oq plnoqs acuelstseJ uollelnsut JaIeeJq 'v
llncrlc

;o luecred 0e ueql orgur Iq suo*cer::5iJ,|,?fr ,lr"#


elelnap qclll^ sonlen {ue ele64sonut ,e;qe;rene
elep s,JoJnlceJnueu Jl .elep peqsrlqnd s.rernpepueur lou s1
or.ll u! paleclput se e6uel
leuJou or1l Jo qenal q6;q
oql paecxa lou ller.ls sonlen do.rp 'g
llonllllru ro uqorc;yy
'JolnlceJnueu {q pagpads esml€qlo
ssolun ZL.OL
olqel qil/n ecueprooce ur eq plnoqs slenel anurol_irJ6 'z

ro son e^ or acu
I Blsr sar u or lca; ;:15111; :?#JlH5 .L

senlBn lsel .t
('1uoc) runncel .t
('1uoc) a6e1ol-urnlpary .Z
0
llncrl3
(1uoc) sraleorg g.L

sSunaScoud ISSI cNV NOtIgSdSNt .L


666t-SIV ZL
leuoqdo*

p 'suoBcrulsu! s,lal nlcelnueul


r.llrt$ acuBpjocce ul lsal lequalodla^o uB ulloled
'lL*
'de1lo1ce;
:enod e tllyn paddrnbe lou aJB sbutqsnq y satnpacord
Jelloc loq pue sderls a^qcnpusJ es6 '6utqsnq
qsEa uo slsel Jolse]-lo/v\odlrolce1-uo11ed;ss1p ulo$ad'0[*

'pasols lalPsrq
aql ql!/v\ eseqd qceo pue uedo laleaJq eq1 t111m elod
qcBa uo slsol Jolcel-lo/v\od7.to1ce;-uoqedtsslp tulo$ad'6*

'suollPpuauuocoJ sJaJnlcelnueu /nollol


'slueuodtuoc olels-pllos tll!/v\ sllun lol 'cp 6upyn lolluoc
llE uo sllo^ 0001 lE slsal ecuElslsal-uollBlnsul
txlolod '8*
'suollcnJlsul
sJejnlcPlnueu Llll/v\ acuBpjocce lclJls u; uo1l1sod UAdO
eql u!leleorq eql ql!/v\ eluoq unnce^ qcea ssolce
1se1 (legualod.rano) fiu6alul ol$oq unncen
ul:o#od 'L
$
unu!u!tx
sllon 00gZ 1e selod uedo ssoJee pue 'punol6-o1 g

'9
-e1od'a1od-o1-a;od s1sa1 ocuelslsol-uollelnsul ullo#ad
l:)
$

'(uogcadsul lmlueqce4 Pus q


)"

gens6) L't'Z'g' Luollcas ql!/v\ acuepJocce ul'e;qeclldde t


I'lalaulu Llo acuBlslsaj-/v\ol tlil/n suollcouuoc '9
pailoq p1e qbnorql sluatualnseeul acuelslsel tu.to;rad :

t.

'ocl^ep
e4pelord qcea Jo uolleledo [q Jaleelq ynclp dp1 'v ri

'uotlounl dundque pue 'oe4-du1 'eso;c 'du1A1uen 'e

'sl!oc
asolc pue du1 uo slsal e6e1on dnpld unullultu I'ulolad 'Z*
:'i
7
ii

'lsal asuplslsaj-lceluoc B tuJolod ', c,

i,

slsel lecil]cel3 'z i


:i

(1uoc) unncen 'e t'j


,r@
(luoc) e6qlo1'tunlpa11 'Z ;1

('1uoc) sloleaJg ilncr!3 9'l

sSuno3coud rsSl oNv NolrSSdsNl


'Li J.

*-

ff:
Tt
i'l INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.6 Gircuit Breakers (cont.)


'i
2. Medium-Voltage (cont.)
-i
3. Vacuum (conl)
tj 10. Dissipation-factor/power-factor and capacitance test
,L
resulis should be within ten percent of nameplate
rating for bushings.
'B
t:

11. The insulation shall withstand the overpotential test


1T
voltage aPPlied.
:.
,'

"t
I

.-g
i

*-
t
!,
*

!1
tj:
b
(

t
a

"Optional
74 ATS - 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.6 Circuit Breakers (cont.)


fi 2. Medium-Voltage (cont)
4. SFe

1. Msual and Mechanical lnspection

1. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings


and specifications.

2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition.

3. Confirm correct application of manufacturer,s


recommended lubricants.

4. lnspect anchorage and grounding.

5. lnspect and verify adjustments of mechanism in


accordance with manufacturer's pubrished data.

6. lnspect air compressor in accordance with


, manufacturer,s published data.

7. lnspect hydraulic system in accordance with


manufacturer's published data.

8. Test for gas leaks.

9. V.erify correct operation of all air and SFu gas pressure


alarms and cutouts.

10. Slow close/open breaker and check for binding.

11. Perform time-travel analysis.

12. Test SFu gas for moisture and nitrogen content.

*Optional

'ffi ATS - 1999 7s


t. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES
t

3 7.6 Gircuit Breakers (cont.)


2. Medium-Voltage (cont.)
i
4' SFe (cont.)
t
i: 13. lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high
resistance using one of the following methods:
e

k
i: 1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance
with Secti on 7 .6.2.4.2 (Electrical Tests).
c
i.
iil 2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical
connections by calibrated torque-wrench
E
method in accordance with manufacturer's
t
jj published data or Table 10.12.
a

'! 3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance


with Section 9.

14. Record as-found and as-left counter operations.

15. Verify operation of all heaters.


"Optional
76 ATS-1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7-G Circuit Breakers (cont.l


e 2. Medium-Voltagejcont.)
4. SF5 (cont.) '
2. Electrical Tests

1. perform a contact
resistance test.

2. Perform resista n ce meas


urements th roug h {.
all vv,!s
bolted
connections with tow_resistan"u
applicable, in accordrn.u
ot,rnr"tEi
*itn s.ction 7. d.z.a.UVisual
and Mechanical lnspectionj

3. Perform insulation_resistance
tests pole{o_pole, pole_
to-ground, and across open poles
minimum. I -" rvrvv at 2500 volts

*4.
Perform insuration-resista nce tests
o n_ at contror wiring
at 1000 volts dc. For units;ith
,"lid-state components,
vv'|,,p',
follow ma n ufactu r"r'r ru.omiilro"ii"rr.v
"5. t*. g iss ipatio n -facto r/powe
l" Tgbushings.
and r- - -r v'r-fa
's cto r tests o n b reake r
*6.
ferfolm overpotentialtest in accordance
'vv with
rv'r'l
manufacturer,s instructions.
*7.
minimum pick-up votrage test
:":i::* on trip and crose i I
8. Verifytrip,close,trip-free,andantipumpfunctions.
o Trip circuit breaker by operation
of each
'qvrr protective
Pr\,(suLlve
dgViCg.

ATS- 1999 77
t

I. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

t 7.6 Circuit Breakers (cont').


It
2. Medium-Voltage (cont') @'
4. SF6 (cont')
t-

;
b
3. Test Values.

l.Compareboltedconnectionresistancetovaluesof
t'! similar connections'

rF
.ii 2.Bolt-torquelevelsshouldbeinaccordancewithTable
* t o.tiuntess otherwise specified by manufacturer.

the
3. Microhm or millivolt drop values shall not exceed
indicated in the
f ighl"u"f. of the normal range as
minutacturer's published daia. lf manufacturer's data
deviate
i. noiavailable,'investigate any values which
percent of
i;;;;i*ilai "onne"tionls
ny more than 50
the towest value.
H
:l:.
'i:
4. Compare time-travel data with manufacturer's
published data.
I
l:i

ti
5. Controlwiring insulation resistance should be a
minimum of two megohms. @r
T

be in
6. Circuit breaker insulation resistance should
accordance with Table 10'1'

sh all be
7. Dissipatio n-facto r/p owe r-factor test resu lts
compared to manufacturer's published data' ln'the
anience of manufacturer's published data' the
comp"titon shall be made to similar breakers'
-t
test
Dissipation-factor/power-factor and capacitance
!
li B.
iesutis should be within ten percent of nameplate
R
:r
rating for bushings.
,u

test
9. The insulation shall withstand the overpotential
voltage aPPlied.
conform to
10. Minimum pickup for trip and close coils shall
manufacturer's Published data'

*Optional

78 ATS-1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.6 Circuit Breakers (cont.)


0 3. High-Vottage
1. oit

1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1. Compare equipment nameplate


data with drawings
and specifications.

2. lnspect physical and mechanical


condition.
3. Confirm corect application of manufacturer,s
recommended lubricants.

4. lnspect anchorage, alignment, and grounding.

5. Verify that breather vents are clear.

6. Perform all mechanicaloperation


and contact
alignment tests on both tn"
and its
operating mechanism. "ir*itlreaker
7. lf performing internal inspection:

1. Remove oil. Lower tanks or remove


manhole
covers as necessary. lnspect bottom
broken parts anO Oenris. '- --
of tank for

2. lnspect lift rod and toggle assemblies,


contacts,
interrupters, bumpersl-dashpots, bushin!'----'!
current transformers, tank liners, and gaikets.

3. Slow-close
fre.ak_er
and check for binding,
friction, contact alig n m ent, pen etration, a-nd
overtravel. Check that all phares make
contact
stmuttaneously.

4. Refilltank(s) with firtered oirto correct revers.

)
$

t
i7- INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

'i! 7.6 Gircuit Breakers (cont.)


::
3. High-Voltage (cont.)
i 1. Oil (cont.)
E
i
I 8. lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high
resistance using one of the following methods:

l
t3 1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance
with Section 7.6.3.1.2 (Electrical Tests)'
,E

e
t;l
*.
2.Verifytightnessofaccessibleboltedelectrical
connections by calibrated torque-wrench
'b

T method in accordance with manufacturer's


published data or Table 10.12'

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance


with Section 9.

ft 9. Test alarms and lockouts for pneumatic and/or


$ hydraulic operators as recommended by the
manufacturer.

10. Perform circuit breaker time-travel analysis.



11. Record as-found and asleft operation counter
readings.

ElectricalTests

1. Perform a contact resistance test.

2.Removeasampleofinsulatingliquidinaccordance
with ASTM D-923. Sample shall hre tested for the
i
$_ following:

/:,
1. Dielectric breakdown voltage: ASTM D-877
u

2. Color: ANSI/ASTM D-1500


I
F,
I
*3. Power factor: ASTM D-924

$
I
*4. lnterfacialtension: ANSI/ASTM D-971 or
2
ANSI/ASTM D-2285

5. Visual condition: ASTM D-1524


(

*Optional

80 ATS- 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.6 Circuit Breakers (cont.)


b 3. High-Vottage (cont.)
1. Oit (cont.)
3. Trip circuit breaker by operation of each protective
device.

4. Verify trip, close, trip-free, and antipump function.

5. Perform resistance measurements through


ail borted
connections with low_resistance ohmm"t6i,
ii
applicabre, in accordance with section z.o.b.t.1
(Visuar
and Mechanical lnspection).
*6. Performinsutation-resistancetestspore-to-pore,pore_
to-ground, and across open poles ts,ooduolt.
minimum. "i
*7. Perform insulation-resistance tests on all control
wiring
at 1000 vorts dc. For units with sorid-.tuiu
*rionents,
follow man ufacturer,s recommendations.

B. Perform power-factor tests on each pole with


{r,.,,i& breaker
9p9n.and.each phase with breaker closed. Oetermine
tank loss index.

9. Perform power-factor tests on each bushing.


Use
conductive straps a.nd hot coilar procedurel if oushings
-"-"i
are not equipped with a power_factor tap.
*1
0. Perform minimum pickup voltage tests on trip and
close
coils.

*11. Perform an overpotentialtest in accordance with


manufacturer's pubtished data.

3. Test Values

1. Compare bolted connection resistance to values


of
similar connections.

2. Bolt-torque levels should be in accordance with


rable
10.12 unless otherwise specified by manufacturer.
i
i7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

.l?
7.6 Circuit Breakers (cont.)
3. High Voltage (cont.)
i.
1. Oil (cont.)
::
jil
3. Microhmormillivoltdropvaluesshallnotexceedthe
iiighl"u"rt of the normal range as indicated in the
!:,
t

+
minutacturer's published data. lf manufacture/s data
E
ir not available, investigate any values which deviate
from similar connectionls ny more than 50 percent of
il',

the lowest value.


to
4. Compare circuit breaker travel and velocity values
.s manufacturer's Published data.
I

5. lnsulatingliquidtestresultsshouldbeinaccordance
!i
with Table 10.4.
i
.i:

6. Circuit breaker insulation resistance should comply


lr:
with Table 10.1.
A
u
7. Controlwiring insulation resistance should be a
F minimum of two megohms.
l{i

8. Dissipation-factor/power-factor test results and tank €


$
n
t
iot" inO"x shall be compared to manufacture/s
.) prntittl"O data. ln the absence of manufacturer's
'prUfitn"O data, the comparison shall be made to
l
i similar breakers.

9. Dissi ation-facto r/powe r-facto r and capacita n ce test


p

i"sutts should be within ten percent of nameplate


rating for bushings.
-.}
t
s
5
10. Theinsulationshallwithstandtheoverpotentialtest
voltage aPPlied.
$
to
t 11. Minimum pickup for trip and close coils shall conform
manufacturer's Published data-
s
H
u
?

R
))
;:
d
t

h
!1
:)
?
g

B
*Optional
I
j
5
82 ATS - 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.6 Circuit Breakers (cont.)


# 3. High-Voltage (cont.)
2. SFs

1. Visual and Mechanical tnspection

1. Compare._equipment nameplate data with drawings


and specifications.

2. lnspect physicaland mechanical condition.

3. Conflrm correct application of manufacture/s


recommended lubricants.

4. lnspect anchorage and grounding.

5. lnspect and verify adjustments of mechanism in


accordance with manufacturer's published data.

6. lnspect air compressor in accordance with


manufacturer's published data.

manufacturer's published data.

8. Test for gas leaks.

9. Verify correct operation of all air and sFu gas pressure


alarms and cutouts.

10. Slow close/open breaker and check for binding.

11. Perform time-travel analysis.

12. Test SFu gas for mojsture and nitrogen content.

ATS - 1 999

;1:-:if;r
?

i7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROGEDURES

ia 7.6 Circuit Breakers (cont.)


@-
't:

il 3. High Voltage (cont')


1. Oil (cont.)
the
Microhm or millivolt drop values shall not exceed
$
ii 3.
in the
'i
iiighl"uuft of the normal range as indicated
data
minuta"turer's published data' lf manufacture/s
available, investigate any values which deviate
1:
i i;;"i percent of
e::l
from similar connectionis Uy more than 50
*|. the lowest value.
I to
4. Compare circuit breaker travel and velocity values
manufacturer's Published data'

A lnsulatingliquidtestresultsshouldbeinaccordance
with Table 10.4.
lfl
.$

6. Circuit breaker insulation resistance should comply


s
i with Table 10.1.
ir

7. Controlwiring insulation resistance should be a


s
T. minimum of two megohms.
i!,
I
Dissipation-factor/power-factor test resurts and
tank €
tots inO"x shall be compared to manufacture/s
li'i

j,t
puor.l'r'"odata.lntheabsenceofmanufacturer's
shall be made to
brUiitn"O data, the comparison
similar breakers.
test
9. Dissi patio n-factor/powe r-factor and capacitance
iesutis should be within ten percent of nameplate
rating for bushings.
a
Ilt
s
10. Theinsulationshallwithstandtheoverpotentialtest
voltage aPPlied.
conform to
li
6 11. Minimum pickup for trip and close coils shall
manufacturer's Published data'
ft
ei

;j
t

5
!1
5
I
a

H
*Optional
3
E
82 ATS - 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.6 Circuit Breakers (cont.)


# 3. High-Voltage (cont.)
2. SFe

1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1. Compare.equipment nameplate data with drawings


and specifications.

2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition.

3. Confirm correct application of manufacture/s


recommended lubricants.

4. lnspect anchorage and grounding.

5. lnspect and verify adjustments of mechanism in


accordance with manufacturer's published data.

6. lnspect air compressor in accordance with


manufacturer's published data.

,
7. Inspect hydraulic systenr in accordance with
manufacturer's published data.

8. Test for gas leaks.

o V.erify correct operation of all air and SFu gas pressure


alarms and cutouts.

10. Slow close/open breaker and check for binding.

11. Perform time-travel analysis.

12. Test SFu gas for moisture and nitrogen content.

T {--t

r-
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.6 Circuit Breakers (cont.)


3. High-Voltage (cont.)
2. SF5 (cont.)
13. lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high
resistance using one of the following methods:

1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance


with Section 7.6.3.2.2 (Electrical Tests)'

2.Verifytightnessofaccessibleboltedelectrical
con nections by calibrated torque-wrench
method in accordance with manufacturer's
Published data or Table 10'12'

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance


with Section 9.

14. Record as-found and as-left counter operations'

15. Check spring charging motor starts counter and


compare with operations counter, if applicable'

16. Verify operation of all heaters. €

"Optional
84 ATS-1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.6 Circuit Breakers (cont.)


G 3. High_Voltage (cont.)
Z. SF5 (cont.)
2. ElectricalTests

1. perform a contact
resistance test.
2' perform resistance
measurements through a, borted
connections with tow_resistance
ohmmetEr, if
appricabre, in accordance
*i*,-s"rti"r'i.E.g.z.
and Mechanical lnspection). - --,.y.. .\
, 1 (visuar

3' performinsuration-resistancetestspore-to-pore,pore_
to-ground, and across open poles
ai is-,d60 votts
minimum. ,

*4. perform insuration-resistance.tests


on a, contror wiring_
at 1000 vorts dc. For units witn
sotio-;i;i;;"rponents,
follow manufacturur,r r""ormendations.
*5. perform.dissipation-factor/power-factortestsonbreaker .

bushings. 'sv'!vr rsr(,


{i0 and

"6. perform overpotentiar


test in accordance with
manufacturer,s instructions,
*7. minimum pick-up vottage test
l;qi:l* on trip and ctose ,,

B. Verify trip, close, trip_free,


and antipump functions.
9. Trip circuit breaker by operation
of each protective
device.
i
,, l. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.6 Gircuit Breakers (cont')


3. Highl/oltage (cont') @;
2. SF5 (cont')
3. Test Values.
to values of
1. Compare bolted connection resistance
similar connections'
with Table
2. Bolt-torque levels should be in accordance
ro.riuiiess otherwise specified by manufacturer.
ij
lr
3.Microhmormillivoltdropvaluesshall.notexceedthe
tf
qi highlevelsofthenolmitrangeasindicatedinthe data
*";;i;;iur"r'u pubtished data. lf manufacturer's
which deviate
is noi available, investigate any values
]a
tl
percent of
tno* ,i*ii"i connection's by more than 50
l-;l
q
a

the lowest value'


ra-

4. Compare time-travel data with manufacturer's


Published data'
be a
5. Controlwiring insulation resistance should
minimum of two megohms'
should be in
o. Circuit breaker insulation resistance
accordance with Table 10'1'

7. Dissipation-factor/powe r-facto r test res ults sh all be


-ompareO
to manufacturer's published data' ln the
of manufacturer's published data' the
f,
*
*
"Lt.]n"" shall be made to similar breakers'
b "o*p"iiton
capacitance test
{1'

Dissipation-factor/powe r-facto r and.


[i
'rd
8.
|."rrri, should be within ten percent of nameplate
rating for bushings.
test
9. The insulation shalt withstand the overpotential
voltage aPPlied
shall conform to
10. Minimum pickup for trip and close coils
manufacturer's Published data'

"Optional
86 ATS-1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.6 Circuit Breakers (cont.)


U
4. Extra-High-Voltage
1. SFs

1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1. compare equipment nameprate data with drawings


and specifications.

2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition.

3. Confirm correct application of manufacturer's


recommended lubricants.

4. lnspect anchorage and grounding.

5. lnspect and verify adjustments of mechanism in


accordance with manufacturer,s published data.

6. lnspect air compressor in accordance with


manufacturer's published data.

7. lnspect and service hydraulic system in accordance


with manufacturer's published data.

B. Test for gas leaks.

9. Vgrify correct operation of all air and SFu gas pressure


alarms and cutouts.

10. Slow close/open breaker and check for binding.

11. Perform time-travel analysis.

12. Test SFu gas for moisture and nitrogen content.


INSPECTION AND TEST PROGEDURES

7.6 Circuit Breakers (cont')


4, Extra'High'Voltage (cont')
1- SFe (cont')
l3.lnspectallboltedelectricalconnectionsforhigh
resistance using one of the following methods:

l.Useoflow-resistanceohmmeterinaccordance
withSection7.6.4.1.2(ElectricalTests).

2.Verifytightnessofaccessibleboltedelectrical
connections by calibrated torque-wrench
method in accbrdance with manufacturer's
Published data or Table 10'12'

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance


with Section 9.

14.Recordas-foundandasleftcounteroperations.
and
15. Check spring charging motor starts counter

"o*f"*witiopeEtionscounter'ifapplicable' (

*Optional

88 ATS-1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.6 Gircuit Breakers (cont.)


G 4. Extra-High-Voltage (cont.)
1. SF6 (cont.)
2. ElectricalTests

1. perform a contact
resistance test.

2. perform resistance
measurements through a, borted
connections wiilr low-resistance
onmmJLr, it
appricabre, in accordance wi*r
seciion 7.b.+.r.1 (Visue
and Mechanical lnspection).

3. Perform insulation_resistance tests


pole-to_pole, pote_
to-ground, and across open poles
at 15,000 volts
minimum.
*4.
Perform ins u ratio n-resistan ce
tests on a il contror wirin-g
at 1000 votts dc. For units wi*r sirio-*t"ie
follow manufacturer's recomrunOriionr. "om;;;;;ir,

"5. Pe{grm. iss ipatio n -fa cto r/powe


.lm {
and bushings.
r-facto r tests o n b re a ke r

"6. Perform overpotentiartest in accordance


with
manufacturer's instructions
*7.
Perform minimum pick-up voltage
test on trip and close
coils.

8. Verify trip, close, trip-free, and antipump


functions.
o Trip circuit breaker by operation
of each protective
device.
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.6 Gircuit Breakers (cont.)


4. Extra'High-Voltage (cont')
1. SF5 (cont.)
3. Test Values.

1. compare bolted connection resistance to values of


similar connections.

2. Bolt-torque levels should be in accordance with Table


lo.lzunlessotherwisespecifiedbymanufacturer.

3. Microhm or millivolt drop values shall.not exceed the


highlevelsofthenormalrangeasindicatedinthe
manufacturer's published data. lf manufacturer's data
is not available, investigate any values which deviate
from similar connections by more than 50 percent of
the lowest value.

4. Compare time-travel data with manufacturer's


Published data.

5. Controlwiring insulation resistance should be a


minimum of two megohms'

6. Circuit breaker insulation resistance should be in


accordance with Table 10.1.

7. Dissipation-factor/power-factortest resultsshall be
comparedtomanufacturer'spublisheddata.lnthe
absence of manufacturer's published. data, the
comparison shall be made to similar breakers'

8. Dissipation-factor/power-factorandcapacitancetest
resulis should be within ten peicent of nameplate
rating for bushings.

9. The insulation shallwithstand the overpotentialtest


voltage aPPlied

10. Minimum pickup for trip and close coils shall conform to
manufacturer's published data.

"Optional
e0 ATS- 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.7 Circuit Switchers


ry
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1. lnspect physical and mechanical condition.

2. confirm correct apprication of manufacturer,s recommended


lubricants.

.3. lnspect anchorage, alignment, and grounding.

4. Perform all mechanical operationartests on both the circuit switcher


and its operating mechanism.

5. lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one
of the following methods:

1. use of low-resistance ohmmeter. see section 7.7.2(Electr,icEl


Tests).

2. ve.1fv tightness of accessible bolted electricat connections by i


calibrated torque-wrench method in accordance with :

LO manufacture/s published data or Table 10.12.

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance with section g.

6. Verify correct operation of SFu interrupters.

7. Verify correct SFu pressure.

8. Verify correct operation of isolating switch.

9. Perform timing tests.

10. Record as-found and as-left operation counter readings.

2. Electrical Tests

1. Perform resistance measurements through all connections with a


low-resistance ohmmeter, if applicable, in accordance with section
7.7.1 (Visual and Mechanical lnspection).

2. Perform contact-resistance test of interrupters and isolating


switches.

':I
'tl
,*

:, 7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES


i"

7.7 Gircuit Switches (cont.)


l.
t
3. Perform minimum pickup voltage tests on trip and close coils.
s

7;
,,]
il
4. Trip circuit switcher by operation of each protective device.

i
i
S. Verify correct operation of electrical shunt trip of interrupters.
E
"6. perform insulation-resistance tests pole-to-pole, pole-to-ground, and
R across open poles at 15,000 volts minimum'
I
j 1

"2. perform insulation-resistance tests on all control wiring at 1000 volts


I
'|
dc. For units with solid-state components, follow manufacturer's
, t, recommendations.

T
:;
a
B. Perform an overpotentialtest in accordance with manufacturer's
4 published data.
*-
{
!l
i
ti:
3. Test Values

3
i
1. Compare bolted connection resistances to values of similar
connections.
i
&

Z. Bolt-torque levels should be in accordance with Table 10.12 unless


otherwise specified by manufacturer.

3. Microhm or millivolt drop values shall not eiceed the high levels of
the normal range as indicated in the manufacturer's published data.
lf manufactureis data is not available, investigate any values which
deviate from adjacent poles or similar switchers by more than 50
percent of the lowest value.

4. Minimum pickup for trip and close coils shall conform to


manufacturer's Published data.

S. Circuit switcher insulation resistance should be in accordance with


Table 10.1.

6. Control wiring insulation resistance should be a minimum of two


megohms.

7. The insulation shall withstand the overpotentialtest voltage applied.

8. Timing tests shall be in accordance with manufacturer's published


data.

*Optional

s2 ATS - 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.8 Network Protectors, 600 Volt Class


b 1. Msual and Mechanical lnspection

1. open the protector and rack it out of the enclosure.


Note that the
network bus and transformer generally will be
energized. Exercise
extreme caution. observe clearances and check
roi smoottrness ot
operation when racking.

2' compare equipment nameprate data with drawings and


specifications.

3. lnspect physical and mechanical condition.

4. confirm correct application of manufacturer,s recommended


lubricants.

5. lnspect the encrosure door gasket and sight gtass


for damage.
6. lnspect the interior of the enclosure for debris or
damaged
components. lnspect insulating components, current
cirrying parts,
-'
and secondary disconnecting devices. Exercise
when working around the network bus conductors
vsvrrvr'
t"utibn ,

i0 "*trurn" ,

7. check for missing parts on the protector. Verrff tightness


of electrica
and mechanical c9Ln9ctio1s. Tighten as necessary according
manufacture/s published data. ---'-"'v to
'-
Inspect insutating barriers for damage and correct
B.
mounting. i

L f
nlgegt network protector fuse covers, fuses, and btown fuse
indicators for damage.

10. closing motor brushes and commutator surface for damagt


Insnec! _
lnspect motor brake mechanism, if applicable.

11. Remove and inspect arc chutes for damage.

12. Veriff sequence of main and arcing contacts by srow-crosing


the
p rotector. Adj ust as necessa -p
ry accordin g tornin rt".t, rer's ublished
data.

13. Manually open and close the protector and verify


that the mechanism
latches correctly in each position. verify
of the
position indicator. "orr.iol"otion

ATS - 1999
Tr. 1l
INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.8 Network Protectors, 600 Volt Class (cont')


Il- relays. lnspect
14. Verify electrical connections to network and auxiliary
;;;;;hanicat relays for freedom of movement of internal parts'
R
t

15. Verify electricalconnections to auxiliary switches, secondary


',.1
{:

d isco n nects, cu rre nt transfo rmers,


voltage transformers, control
t : po*li trunriorrurr, closing.motors, contactors, trip coils, loading
i; iesistors, and any other auxiliary devices'
reading'
Record the as-found and as-left operations counter
E

4
i..
$
16.
i7. perform a leak test on submersible enclosure in accordance with
3
jI
manufacture/s Published data'

'T
'i
2. ElectricalTests

perform insulation-resistance tests at 1000 volts dc for one minute


:}
1.
s,
*niu"t. of each pole with. the protector open and from
a
i:
pof"-to-Jole and each pole-to-ground with the protector closed'
""to*'if,"
dc for one minute on
s
f
*2. Perform insulation-resistance tests at 1000 volts
For units with
{i
& ;ir;;;i;"i;ting and electromechanical components.
re r's recommend atio ns'
sol id-state compone nts, fol low man ufactu
R
i;
verify current transformer ratios in accordance with section '10'
I! 7
a "3.
!
t
i 4. Perform a contact resistance test'

*5. Measuretheresistanceofeachprotectorpowerfuse.

6. Measureminimumpickupvoltageofmotorcontrolrelay.
*v. Verifythatthemotorcanchargetheclosingmechanismatthe
minimum voltage specified by the manufacturer'
$
Verify that the
Measure minimum pickup voltage of the trip actuator.
i.
g 8.
actuator resets correctlY.
R

with section
2
9. calibrate the network protector relays in accordance
7.9.

"Optional
94 ATS-1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.8 Network Protectors, 600 Volt Class (cont.)


,s
10. Performoperationaltests.

1. Verify correct operation of all mechanical and electrical


interlocks.

2. Verify trip-free operation.

3. Verify correct operation of the auto-open-close controt handle.

4. vgrify the protector will close with voltage on the transformer


side only.

5. terify the protector will open when the source feeder breaker
is opened.

3. Test Values

1.lnsulationresistanceoftheprotectorcomponentsshouldbein
accordance with Table 10.1 .

t$ fi:ffi,#ring
insulation resistance should be a minimum of two I

3. Microhm or millivolt drop values shall not exceed the high levels of
the normal range as indicated in the manufactur"r'. prblished data.
lf manufacturer's data is not available, investigate ariy ualues which
;
deviate from similar connections by more tnai SO peicent of
lowest value.
the ;

4- Res.istance of power fuses shall be evaluated on a comparative


basis.

5. Minimum voltage to operate the trip actuator shall be in accordance


with manufacturer's published data.

6. Minimum acceptable motor ctosing voltage shail be in accordance


with manufacturer's published dati.

7. Network protector sh,all automatically ctose upon closing the feeder


breaker with normal load demand and rhall automaticaiiy trip when
source feeder breaker is opened.

ATS - 1 999
T
!' I. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES
t
't 7.g Protective RelaYs
s,
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1.
e
:l
i
)i
compare equipment nameptate data with drawings and
specifications.
E

4i
i:
Z. lnspect relays and cases for physical damage. Remove shipping
restraint material.
i

t 3. Tighten case connections. lnspect cover for correct gasket seal-


Ctian cover glass. lnspect shorting hardware, connection paddles,
I and/or knife switches. Remove any foreign materialfrom the case'
Verify target reset.

4. lnspect relay for foreign material, particularly in disk slots of the


damping anb ebctromagnets. Verify disk clearance. Verify contact
cleaian6e and spring bias. tnspect spiral spring convolutions. lnspect
n--
J disk and contacis foi freedom of movement and correct travel. Verify
E
;.
tightness of mounting hardware and connections. Burnish contacts'
lnspect bearings and/or Pivots.

'h
|i
,X
5. Set relays in accordance with coordination study supplied by owner-

R

i;
2. ElectricalTests

I .1. perform insulation-resistance test on each circuit-to-frame.


Determine from the manufacturer's instructions the allowable
i
i

procedures for this test for solid-state and microprocessor-based


!

relays.
i

t
.t
2. lnspect targets and indicators.
f
,
$
1. Determine pickup and dropout of electromechanical targets'

Z. Verify operation of all light-emitting diode indicators.

3. Set contrast for liquid-crystal display readouts'

*Optional

96 ATS- 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.g Protective Relays (cont.)


'&
3 Functional Operation

1. 2t62 Timing Retay

1. Determine time detay.

2. Determine instantaneous
contacts.
2. 21 Distance Relay

1. Determine maximum reach.

2. Determine maximum torque


angte.
3. Determine offset.
*4. plot impedance
circle.
3. 24 Volts/Hertz Relay
{"0 1. Determine pickup frequency at rated vottage.
2' Determine pickup frequency at a second
voltage level.
3. Determine time delay.
4. ZS Sync Check Relay
1. Determine closing zone at
rated voltage.
2' Determine maximum vortage
differentiarthat permits
closing at zero degrees.

3' Determine tive rine, rive


bus, dead rine, and dead bus
set points.

4. Determine time delay.

5. Verify dead bus/rive rine, dead


rine/rive
bus/dead line control functions.'..-...'. bus and dead

ATS - 1999 97
..$

i z. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

.E 7.g Protective RelaYs (cont')


:i' @
5- 27 Undervoltage Relay
:::

l:

T
t'
0l
1' Determine droPout voltage'
B
2. Determine time delaY'
il
4 point on the
3. Determine the time delay at a second
s timing curve for inverse time relays'
l:"\.
J:]

6. 32 Directional Power RelaY


T
t torque angle'
t! 1. Determine minimum pickup at maximum

it
I
2. Determine closing zone'
E

.R 3. Determine maximum torque angle'


It
i
E
4. Determine time delaY'
* the timing
I'i 5. Verify the time delay at a second point on
&
curve for inuets" time relaYs' €
i:
\:
*6. Plot the operating characteristic'
.E

7. 40 Loss of Fiekl(lmPedance) RelaY


1. Determine maximum reach'

2. Determine maximum torque angle'

j
l 3. Determine offset'

*4. Plot imPedance circle'

8. 46 Current Balance RelaY

1. Determine PickuP of each unit'

2. Determine Percent sloPe'

3. Determine time delaY'

*Optional

98 ATS- 1999

I
,
i
,,.-

I
I
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.9 Protective Relays (cont.)


,&
9. 46N Negative Sequence Curent Relay

1' Determine negative sequence ararm


rever and trip.
2' Determine negative sequence minimum
trip rever.
3. Determine maximum time delay

4. Verify two points on the (lr)2t curve.

10. 4Z phase Sequence or phase Balance Voltage Relay


1' Determine positive sequence vortage
to crose the
normally open contact.

Determine positive sequence voltage


to open the
normally closed contact (undervoltige trip).

3. Veriff negative sequence trip.

(@ 4. Determine time delay to close the normally


open
contact with sudden application of tZO peiceiriof
pickup.

5. Determine time delay to close the normally


closed ,
co.ntact upon removit of voltage when pr*i"r.ly,et
:

rated system vottage. to i.

11. 49R Thermal Replica Relay

1. Determine time delay at 300 percent of setting.

2. Determine a second point on the operating


curve.
*3.
Determine pickup.

12. 497 Temperature (RTD) Relay

1. Determine trip resistance.

2. Determine reset resistance.


i

it.
';
INSPECTTON AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.9 Protective RelaYs (cont.)


@'
; 13. 50 lnstantaneous Overcurrent Relay
il 1. Determine pickuP.
;
2. Determine dropout.
i'
i: *3. Determine time delaY.
t
il
14. 51 Time Overcurrent
t
i
1. Determine minimum pickuP.
i
2.
?
Determine time delays at two points on the time current
E
F
curve.
I
ilt,
15. 55 Power Factor Relay
t!
t
fi
E 1. Determine tripping angle.
:

.i,

g{
2. Determine time delay.

16. 59 Overvoltage Relay

1. Determine overvoltage PickuP.

2. Determine time delay to close the contact with sudden


application of 120 percent of pickup.

17. 60 Voltage Balance Relay

1. Determine voltage difference to close the contacts with


one source at rated voltage.

"2. Plot the operating curve for the relay.

*Optional

100 ATS - 1999


7. INSPECTION AND TEST
PROCEDURES
7.9 protective Relays
(cont.)
&
18. 63 Transformer Sudden pressure
Relay
1' Determine rate-of-rise
or the pickup rever of
appried pressure in suddenry
specifications. with manufactureds
"..ori"nce
2. Verify operation of the
63 FpX seal_in circuit.
3. Verifu trip circuit to remote
breaker.
19. 64 Ground Detector Relay

1' impedance to
,?i$ttT:?:maximum sround causins

20. 67 Directional Overcurent


Relay
1. Determine directional
unit minimum pickup
maximum torque angle. at

0 2. Determine closing zone.


*?
Determine maximum
torque angle.
*4.
Plot operating characteristics.

5. Determine overcurrent
unit pickup.
6. Determine overcurrent
unit time delay at two points
the time curent curve. on

ATS - 1999 101


H
5

't
i
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROGEDURES

7.g Protective RelaYs (cont') @,

21. 79 Reclosing RelaY


1. Determine time delay for each programmed reclosing
interval.

2. Verify lockout for unsuccessful reclosing'

3. Determine reset time'

n4. Determine close pulse duration'

5. Verify instantaneous overcurrent lockout'

22. 81 FrequencY RelaY

1 VerifY frequencY set Points'

2. Determine time delaY'

3. Determine undervoltage cutoff'


{
23. 85 Pilot Wire Monitor

1. Determine overcurrent PickuP'

2. Determine undercurrent pickup'

3. Determine pilot wire ground pickup level'

24. 87 Differential

1. Determine operating unit pickup'


unit'
2. Determine the operation of each restraint

3. Determine sloPe.

4. Determine harmonic restraint'

5. Determine instantaneous pickup'

*6.Plotoperatingcharacteristicsforeachrestraint.

*Optional

10,2 ATS - 1999


7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.9 Protective Relays (cont.)


& 3. ControlVerification

Verify that each of the relay contacts performs its intended function in the
control scheme including breaker trip tests, ctose inhibit tests, 86 lockout
tests, and alarm functions.

4. System Tests

After the equipment is initially energized, measure magnitude and phase


angle of all inputs and compare to expected vatues.

5. Test Values

1. Use manufacturer's recommended tolerances when other tolerances


are not specified.

2. When criticaltest points are specified, the relay shall be calibrated to


those points even though other test points may be out of tolerance.

i@

.11
'.1 i
i
ii

:t,
' 4. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.10 lnstrument Transformers;


; @
i
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

i:
i
t:,
1. compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and
specifications.
F

z
7..
2. lnspect physical and mechanicalcondition'

$ 3. Verify correct connection of transformers with system requirements.


ir

4. Verify that adequate clearances exist between primary and


1:

s secondary circuit wiring.


iil
t:
il
S. lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one
i of the following methods:
i
t

1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance with Section


7 .10.2 and 7.10.3 (Electrical Tests)'

2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by


calibiated torque-wrench method in accordance with
manufacturer's published data or Table 10'12'

3. perform thermographic survey in accordance with Section 9.

6. Verify that all required grounding and shorting connections provide


contact.

7. Verify correct operation of transformer withdrawal mechanism and


grounding oPeration.

B. Verify correct primary and secondary fuse sizes for potential


transformers.

2. ElectricalTests - Current Transformers

1. Perform resistance measurements through all bolted connections


with low-resistance ohmmeter, if applicabte, in accordance with
Section 7.10.1 (Visual and Mechanical lnspection)'

2. Perform insulation-resistance tests of the current transformer and


wiring-to-ground at 1000 volts dc. For units with solid-state
com [o nents, follow manufactu rer's recomme nd ations'
6
"Optional
104 ATS - 1999

:'. ,_.t- ..
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.1A lnstrumentTransformers (cont.)


&
3' perform a porarity test
of each current transformer.

4' Perform a ratio-verification test usinglhe


voltage or current method
in accordance with ANS| cs7.1ei
Re I ayi n g
17eer Giid;f* Fierd resting of
C u rre nt Tra n sfo rmers).

5' Perform an excitation test on transfofmers


used for relaying
applications in accord"n"" *iii,firsr csz.ii.l
F i e t d r e stin s otf Re r a yi n c ; r;; ; ;
s "
i;; ;io i*"r uj.,'
iELe Guide for

6' Measure current circuit burdens at transformer


terminals and
determine the total burden.

7 ' Wl.'"1 applicable, perform insulation-resistance and dielectric


withstand tests on. the primary winoing
Test vortages shau be in accoro"r."
*i*t r".*olry grounded.
resPectively. ilrii;'i";;;'r,irg
'-.- '-Y'vv 'v' and 10.9

3. Electrical Tests _ Voltage Transformers

1. Perform resistance measurements


through ail
with low-resistance ohmmeter, if appricadre, borted connections
in ,."oio"n"e with
Section 7.10.1 (Visual and Mechanical
lnspection).
2. Perform insu ration-res istance tests
wind in g-to-wind
winding:to-ground,with test vottaje in accJrObrr" ing a nd each
Test voltages shail be appried toion" *iin Table 10.5.
minute. For units with sotid-
state components, foilow'man ufa ctu rer's
recommendations.
3. Perform a porarity test on each transformer
rv'rrr the
to verifi7 porarity
marks or H1-X1 relationship as applir"Ui".' 'Y
I

4. Perform a turns ratio test on a, tap positions,


if appricabre.
5. Measure potentiar circuit burdens at
transformer terminars and
determine the total burden.
*6.
Perform a dielectric withstand test
on the primary windings with the
secondary wind ings.colne.ctgd to ground.'
rhe oielecliic vortage sharr
be in accordance with rabre ro.g. ine
test vortage shail be appried
for one minute.

l
"Optional

'ffij ATS- 1999 105


s
.g

Tz.
I
INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES
?

7 1A lnstrumentTransformers (cont')
I 6,
t 4. ElectricalTests-coupling-capacitanceVoltageTransformers
?
J 1. Perform all tests from 7.10.3 Voltage Transformers.
*
'E

€ 2. Measure capacitance of capacitor sections'


F

Measure power factor/dissipation factor in accordance with


test
4
3.
equipment manufacturer's published data'
-ti
ii

5. Test Values
5

1. Compare bolted connection resistance to values of similar


I
i.

connections.
unless
2. Bolt-torque levels should be in accordance with Table 10-12
otherwise specified by manufacturer'
of
3. Microhm or millivolt drop values shall not exceed the high levels
iil;;;;"1 range as indicated in the manufacturer's published data'
lf manr-rfactureis data is not available, investigate any values which
deviate from similar connections by more than 50 percent of
the
lowest value.

4. lnsulation-resistance measurement on any instrument transformer


should be not less than that shown in Table 10'1'

5. Polarity results shall agree with system drawings'

6. compare measured burdens to calculated burdens supplied by


owner.

7. Ratio accuracies shall be in accordance with manufacturer's


published data.

8. The insulation shall withstand the overpotential test voltage applied.

o capacitance of capicator sections of coupling-capacitance voltage


published
transformers shall be in accordance with manufacturer's
data.

10. Power factor/dissipation factor shall be in accordance with test


equipment manufacturer's published data.

*Optional

106 ATS - 1999


7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.11 Metering
& 1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1. Compare equipment nameplate data with


drawings and
specifications.

2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition.

3. Veriff tightness of electrical connections.

4' lnspect cover gasket, cover grass, condition


of spirar spring, disk
clearance, contacts, and casl-shorting
as appricabre.
"ont".t.,
5. Verify freedom of movement, end pray, and
arignment of rotating
disk(s).

ElectricalTests

1. Verify accuracy of meters at all cardinal points.

2. calibrate watthour meters according to manufacturer,s


published
data.

3. Verify all instrument multiptiers.

4. verify that curent transformer and vottage transformer


secondary
circuits are intact.
: tr

INSPEGTION AND TEST PROCEDURES


:l

i7.
7.12 Regulating APParatus
:
1. Voltage $
1. SteP-Voltage Regulators
.E

il
L
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

Compare equipment nameplate data


with drawings
1.
l: and sPecifications'
id

2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition'


i
b
regulator' if
3. lnspect impact recorder prior to unloading
] aPPlicable
i
vent plugs
4. Verify removal of any shipping bracing and
: after final Placement'
.t

-* 5. Verify auxiliary device operation'


t:
I.
t;:
.gi
6.lnspectallboltedelectricalconnectionsforhigh
,"ti"t"n"" using one of the following methods:
f,r
':-
il
1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance
a with Section 7.1 2.1 .1.2 (Electrical Tests)'
i
E
2.Verifytightnessofaccessibleboltedelectrical
.on nl.iions by calibrated torque-wrench
method in accbrdance with manufacturer's
Published data or Table
10'12'

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance


with Section 9.
and
7. Verify motor and drive train for correct operation
motor cut-off at maximum lower and
"rio*"ti"
maximum raise'

B. Verify correct liquid level in alltanks and bushings'


as
9. Perfor:m specific inspections and mechanicaltests
recommended bY the manufacturer'

10. Verify equiPment grounding'

11. Verify operation of heaters.

*Optional

108 ATS - 1999


7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.12 Regulating Apparatus (cont)


@ 1. Voltage (cont.)
1. Step-Voltage Regulators (cont.)
2. ElectricalTests

1. Perform resistance measurements through


ail borted
connections with low-resistance ohmmeter,
if
applicable, in accordance with Secti on 7.12.1.1.1
(Visual and Mechanical lnspection).

2. Perform. insuration-resistance tests on each


winding-to-
groul$_in the neutrar.position with the Gt
vortage in
accorctance with Table 10.5.

3. Calculate polarization index.

4. Perform insuration power-factor/dissipation-factorte_;


on windings and in accordance with i".ilquipment
manufacturer's published data. :

5. Performpower-factor/dissipation-factortests(orhot
coilar watts-ross test) on bushings and in accordance
i(0
I
with test equipment manufactur6/s pubrished
data.
6. Measu.re winding-resistance of source windings
in the
neutral position. Measure resistance of ail tap"s
on toao
windings.
I

7. Perform specialtests and adjustments as


recommended by manufacturer.
*8.
lf the regulator has a separate tap_changer
compartment, measure the percentage of oxygen
.'-
t v -.' in *
nitrogen gas blanket in the main tankl
9. Perform turns ratio test on each voltage step position.
Verify that the indicator correcfly ideni-ifies -
positions. "tti"p
10. Perform insulation-resistance test on each winding
at
each tap position.

11. Verify accurate operation of voltage range limiter.


7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.12 Regulating Apparatus (cont')


1. Voltage (cont.)
-Step-VoltageRegulators(cont')
s
1.

12. Verify functioning and accuracy of bandwidth, time


delay, voltage and line-drop compensation adjustments'

*1
3. lf regulator has a separate tap-changer compartment,
s"m-pt" insulating liquid in the main tank in accordance
with ASTM D3613 and perform dissolved gas analysis
in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C57 JA4 or ASTM
D3612.

14. Remove a sample of insulating liquid from the main


tank or common tank in accordance with ASTM D923'
Sample shall be tested in accordance with the
referenced standard.

1. Dielectric breakdown voltage: ASTM DB77


and/or ASTM D1816.

2. Acid neutralization number: ANSI/ASTM D-974'

3. Specific gravity: ANSI/ASTM D-1298

4. lnterfacial tension: ANSI/ASTM D971 or ASTM


D2285.

A Color: ANSI/ASTM D1 500.

6. Visual condition: ASTM D1524.

"7. Power factor: ASTM D924. Required when the


regulator voltage is 46 kV or higher.

*8. Water in insulating liquids: ASTM D1533.


Required on 25 kV or higher voltages and on all
silicone-filled units.


*Optional

1{0 ATS-1999

i-t..-1
;:1';-':: :: -'; 1''-
7. INSPECTTON AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.12 Regulating Apparatus (cont.)


@ 1. Voltage (cont.)
1. Step_Voltage Regulators (cont )
15' Remove a sampte of insurating liquid in
the tap-changer
tank in accordance with ASTM- Dgtt sarnpre
sha, be
tested for the foilowing:

1- Dierectric breakdown vortage: AsrM Dg77.


2. Cotor: ANSI/ASTM D_1S00

3. Visual condition: ASTM D1524.

3. Test Values

1. Compare bolted connection resistance


to values of
'u'evv vr
similar connections.

2. Bolt-torque revers shourd be in accordance


with rabre
10'12 unless othenruise specified by the
r"nri""tri"i.
3. Microhm or miilivort drop varues shail not
exceed the
high tevets of the normat range; i"di;;i;;;;;"""
m a n ufactu rer's p ubr ished daia.
rii"t"
ii r rt""tr r"
ts nor avaltable, investigate any values "" which deviate
from similar connection-s oy
the lowest vatue.
ro* tr'"n 50 percent oi

4. lnsulation-resistance vatues at one minute


shourd not
be less than the varues carcurated in accordance
with
the formula in Tabre 10.s. Resurts srratt
corrected in accordance with Table 10.14.
o" t"rpli"tL
5. The polarization index shall be compared
to
manufacturer's factory test resurts. if
manufacturer,s
data is not available, ihe acceptance test
results will
serve as baseline data.

b
{
5

".i

I. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES


,l

'i 7.12 Regulating Apparatus (cont')


: 1. Voltage (cont.)
-Step-VoltageRegulators(cont') $'
t:
1.
:i
6. Maximum power factor/dissipation factor of liquid-filled
l: regulators shall be in accordance with manufacturer's
pu'utirr,"o data. ln the absence of manufacturer's data
t'
:
comparetotestequipmentmanufacturer'Spublished
data.RepresentativevaluesareindicatedinTable
s
10.3.
1
t.
a
7. lnvestigate bushing power factor/dissipation factor and
s capaci[ances that vary from nameplate values by more
thantenpercent.lnvestigateanybushinghotcollar
watts-toss results that exceed the test equipment
r
manufacturer's Published data.
:
i:

8. Consult manufacturer if winding-resistance test results


+
vary more than one percent from test results of
b
it adjacent windings.

e
i"l
g.Turns-ratiotestresultsshouldmaintainanormal
deviation between each voltage step and should not
l:j
t)

deviate more than one-half percent from the calculated €


voltage ratio.

10. There should be no indication of oxygen present in gas


blanket.

11. lnsulating liquid test results shall be in accordance with


Table 10.4.

]i

:..
i
E

*Optional

112 ATS-1999

l'- .
7. TNSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.21 Outdoor Bus Structures


1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1. Compare bus arrangement with drawings and specifications.

2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition.

3. lnspect all bolted electricat connections for high resistance using one
of the following methods:

1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance with Section


7 .21.2 (Electrical Tests).

2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by


calibrated torque-wrench method in accordance with
manufaoturer's published data or Table 10.12.

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance with Section 9.

2. Electrical Tests

1. Perform resistance measurements through all bolted connections


with low-resistance ohmmeter, if applicable, in accordance with
Section 7.21.1 (Msual and Mechanical lnspection).

*2. Measure insulation resistance of each bus, phase-to-ground with


other phases grounded.

3. Perform overpotentialtest on each bus phase, phase-to-ground with


other phases grounded. Potential application shall be for one minute.

i 4. Measure resistance of bus section joints with low-resistance


_9
I ohmmeter.

q
I.
t!

R
x
t

R
&
FJ
w

F (
E

"Optional
I
170 ATS- 1999
7- INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.21 Outdoor Bus Structures (cont.)


3. Test Values

1. compare bolted connection resistance to values of similar


connections.

2. Bolttorque levels shourd be in accordance with rable 10.12unless


otherwise specified by manufacturer.

3. Microhm or millivolt drop values shall not exceed the high


levels of
the normal range as indicated in the manufactureis-published
data.
lf manufacture/s data is not availabte, investi!"b ;"y values
which
deviate from simirar connections by more ttrai so peicent
of the
lowest value.

4. lnsulation-resistance tests shourd be in accordance


with rabre 1t
5. compare measured bus.,connector joint resistance to an
length of bus and to similar connections.
equat ,

b. overpotentialtest vortage shail be in accordance with ,

m.gngfacturer's published data or Table 10.1L Td


insulation shail
withstand the overpotential test vottage applied.
$
$

T'
'i:
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.22 Emergency Systems


?
t
:j
1. Engine Generator
t
NOTE: The prime mover is not addressed in these specifications.
t
i:
'"8

1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

T 1. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and


specifications.

2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition.

3. lnspect correct anchorage and grounding.

2. Electrical and MechanicalTests

1. Perform an insutation-resistance test on generator winding


with respect to ground in accordance with ANSI/IEEE
Standard 43.

2. Calculate polarization index.

3. Test protective relay devices in accordance with Sectio.n 7.9.



4. Perform phase-rotation test to determine compatibility with
load requirements.

5. Functionally test engine shutdown for low oil pressure,


overtemperature, overspeed, and other features as
applicable.

b. Perform vibration baseline test. Plot amplitude versus


frequency for each main bearing cap.

7. Conduct performance test in accordance with ANSI/NFPA


Standard 110, Section 5-13 (lnstallation Acceptance).

B. Verify correct functioning of governor and regulator.

4
*Optional

172 ATS-1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.22 Emergency Systems (cont.)


1. Engine Generaior (cint.)
3. Test Vatues

1- porarization
index varues shat be in accordance
ANS!/|EEE Standard 43. with

2- Vibration.re.vers shail be in accordance


published data. 'vv with
I'rrrr r.]€rrrur.luturers
manufacturer,s

3. performance_tests
shail conform to manufacturer,s pubrished
data and ANSI/NFPA Standard -
1ib.
-

173
i
!

j 7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES


:j

7.22 EmergencY SYstems (cont.)


3 2. Uninterruptible Power SYstems

1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection


::
::
E 1. Compare equipment nameplate information with drawings
and specifications.
5
1:i

;i
! 2. lnspect physical, and mechanical condition.
iF.
T
it
3. Check for correct anchorage, required area clearances, and
t alignment.
l
4. Verify that fuse sizes and types correspond to drawings.
t

t-. 5. Test all electrical and mechanical interlock systems for correct
I
,i operation and sequencing.

?
!
6. lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high resistance
{:
I using one of the following methods:

fl
it
1. Use of tow-resistance ohmmeter in accordance with
$ Section 7 .22.2.2 (Electrical Tests).
$
I
I 2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical
E connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in
accordance with manufacturer's published data or
Table 10.12.

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance with


Section 9.

7. Check operation of forced ventilation.

B. Verify that filters are in place and/or vents are clear.

4
*Optional

174 ATS- 1999


7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.22 Emergency Systems (cont.)


2. Uninterruptible power Systems (cont,)
2. ElectricalTests

1- perform resistance
measurements through ail borted
connections with row-resistance ohmme6r,
if appricabre, in
accordance with section 7 .22.2.1 (visuar
ano trrtecn;;i.;i'
lnspection).

2. Test static transfer from inverter to bypass and


back. Use
normal load, if possible.

3. Set free-running frequency of oscillator.

4. Test dc undervortage trip rever on inverter


input breaker. vv
according to manufacturer,s published data.--- -!ysr\v" set

5. Test alarm circuits.

6. Verify sync indicators for static switch and bypass


switches.
7. Perform electricartests for ups system breakers
in
accordance with Section 7.6.1.

8. Perform electricaltests for Ups system automatic


transfer
switches in accordance with Section 7.22.3.

9. Perform electricartests for Ups system batteries


in
accordance with Section 7.19.

10. Perform electricaltests for UpS rotating machinery


in
accordance with Section 2.15.
i, t. rNspEcrloN AND TEST PRo.EDURES

: 7.22 EmergencY SYstems (cont') $


i2...-."U;';terruptiblgPowerSystems(cont.)
3. Test Values

l.Compareboltedconnectionresistancetovaluesofsimilar
connections'
accordan ce with Table 10'12
2. Bolt-torque levels should be in
unrutt dGrwise specified by manufacturer'

3.Microhmormillivoltdropvaluesshallnotexceedthehigh
tevets of the normat r*[;;; in the manufacturer's
inoicateo
punGn"odata.rtmanuiacturer'Sdataisnotavailable' ns
i nvestig ate any
deviate f rom si mi lar conneclio
ue;;i;h
-val
UV moi" than 60 percent
of the lowest value'

{76 ATS-1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.22 Emergency Systems (cont.)


3. Automatic Transfer Switches

1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and


specifications.

2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition.

3. Confirm correct application of manufacturer's recommended


lubricants.

4. Verify that manual transfer warnings are attached and visible.

5. Verify tightness of all control connections.

6. lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high resistance


using one of the following methods:

1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance with


Section 7 .22.3.2 (Electrical Tests).

o 2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical


connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in
accordance with manufacturer's published data or
Table 10.12.

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance with


Section 9.

7. Perform manual transfer operation.

8. Verify positive mechanical interlocking between normal and


alternate sources.

2. ElectricalTests

1. Perform a contact-resistance test.

2. Perform resistance measurements through all bolted


connections with tow-resistance ohmmeter, if applicabte, in
accordance with Section 7.22.3.1(Visual and Mechanical
lnspection).

ATS - 1 999
$
!

_7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES


I
t 7.22 Emergency Systems (cont.)
3. Automatic Transfer Switches (cont.)
: €)
I'
3. Perform insulation-resistance on each pole, phase-to-phase
and phase-to-ground with switch closed and across each
l open pole for one minute. Perform tests in both source
L
positions. Test voltage shall be in accordance with
manufacture/s published data orTable 10.1.
"i
ii
4. Calculate polarization index.
?
ll
; 5. Verify settings and operation of control devices.
5

I o. Calibrate and set all relays and timers in accordance with


Section 7.9.

7. Perform automatic transfer tests:

1. Simulate loss of normal power.

2. Return to normal power.

3. Simulate loss of emergency power.

4. Simulate all forms of single-phase conditions.

B. Verify correct operation and timing of the following functions:

1. Normal source voltage-sensing relays.

2. Engine start sequence.

3. Time delay upon transfer.

4. Alternate source voltage-sensing relays.

5. Automatic transfer operation.

b_ lnterlocks and limit switch function.

7. Time delay and retransfer upon normal power


restoration.

8. Engine cooldown and shutdown feature.

*Optional

178 ATS - 1999


7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.22 Emergency Systems (cont.)


3. Automatic Transfer iwitches (cont.)

3. Test Values

1' Compare bolted connection resistance


to vatues of similar
connections.

2. Bolt-torque revers shourd be in accordance


with rabre 10.12
unless otherwise specified by manufacturer.

3' Minimum insulation-resistance shall be


in accordance with
manufacture/s published data or Table 10.1.

4- Microhm or miilivott drop vatues shail not exceed


the high
revers of the normat range as indicated
in the manufacturer,s
pubrished data. rf manuflcturers oaials
not avairabre,
investigate any-values which deviate from -
similar connections
by more than 50 percent of the lowest value.

7,23 Telemetry/pitot Wire/Scada _ Reserved

4
5
n
is

T7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES


"il

t
7.24 Automatic Gircuit Reclosers and Line Sectionalizers
*:!: 1. Automatic Gircuit Reclosers, Oil/Vacuum €)
i
N

"t
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection
ii
f
lt 1. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and
specifications.
s
ii
:l
I
2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition'
3
?

t
3. lnspect anchorage, alignment, and grounding'

I
4. perform all mechanical operation and contact alignment tests
ir onboththerecloseranditsoperatingmechanismin
accordance with manufacturer's published data'
.t

'i,
ti
i 5. lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high resistance
using one of the following methods:
-}.

a
i 1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance with
Section 7 .24 -1.2 (Electrical Tests)'
q,
11

*;
& 2.Verifytightnessof.accessibleboltedelectrical6ii),
wa'
by calibrated torque-wrench method in
& "onn-ect'rns
accordalgewithmanufacturer'spublisheddataor
i Table 10.12.

3.Performthermographicsurveyinaccordancewith
Section 9.

6. lnspect for correct insulating liquid level'

ElectricalTests

1. Perform resistance measurements through all bolted


connections with low-resistance ohmmeter, if applicable, in
accordance with section 7.24.1.1 (Visual and Mechanical
lnspection).

2. Perform a contact resistance test.

@
*Optional

180 ATS - 1999


7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.24 Automatic circuitRecrosers_and Line sectionarizers (cont.)


1- Automatic circuit Recrosers, oirru;;;um (cont.)

3. Remove a sample insulating liquid, if


applicable, in
accordance with ASTM ogig. bampre;i..';il-b"
tested in
accordance with the referenced standard.

1. Dielectric breakdown voltage: ASTM DilTT.

2. Cotor: ANSUASTM D1S0O.

3. Visual condition: ASTM D1524.

4. Test ail protective functions in accordance


with section 7.g.
5. Test ail metering and instrumentation
in accordance with
Section 2.11.

6. Perform vacuum botile integrity test (overpotentiar)


across
each vacuum botfle with thi-bi""t"iin
nE-op"n position in
strict accordance with manufacturer's instructionJ
exceed maximum vortage stipurated tor D; ;;;'
itris test, provide
adeguate ba'iers and pr6tection againsioi"oi"tion
) this test. Do not perform this test ,nr"r.
during
in" lontact
displacement of each interrupter is within
,"nur"l-tur"r"
tolerance. Be aware that some oc high-potentiartest
sets are
half-wave rectified and mayproducipubk
uort"ges in excess
ot the breaker manufactur6rt *"o*;il;i,iximum.
7. Perform overpotentiar test on.each pore-to-ground
-- o-' and pore_
to-pole with recloser in closed position.
*8. Perform insulation-resistance test on all
controrwiring at 1000
votts dc. For units with sorid-state com,;;ni;
foilow
manufacturer,s recommendations.
*9. Performoverailpower-factor/dissipation-factortest.
*10. Perform power-factor/dissipation-factor
test on each bushing
equipped with power-factoi taps. use hot-coilar
method if taps
are not available.

*11' Test all current and/or vortage transformers


in accordance with
Section 7.10.
E
*
!l

-1

INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES


lrl

i1 7.

T.24AutomaticcircuitReclosersandLinesectionalizers(cont.)
(cont') Q)
1. eutom"irc Circuit Reclosers' Oil/Vacuum
t
ll
j:

3
3. Test Values
i,
f.

l.Compareboltedconnectionresistancetovaluesofsimilar
n\ connections'
b
2.Bolt-torquelevelsshouldbeinaccordancewithTablelo.l2
unt"si othenruise specified by manufacturer'

3.Microhmormillivoltdropvaluesshallnotexceedthehigh
in the manufacturer's
levels of the normal r*b" ". indicated
not available'
punfitneO data' lf manuiacture.r's.data ]1
from similar connections
investigate any valuer *t'ri"r'r deviate
nV tot"" than 5O percent of the
lowest value'

iin accordance with


4. Overpotential test voltages shall be
10'15'
tii
I m"nut""turer's publisheO data or Table
E
be in accordance with Table
s 5. tnsulating liquid test results shall
"i:l
;si

be a minimum of
#
@
6. :t":;r",wiring insuration resistance shourd
F

l'
two megohms.

Dissi pation-factor/power-facto
test results and tank loss
r
l 7. published data'
index should not exceed the manufacture/s the
iffi; ot-manutacturer's published data'
;;;#"n"niun""
shall be made to similar reclosers'

capacitance test' results


B. Dissipation-factor/power-faclor and
rating for bushings'
T
i
should be within i.iripur""nt of namepiate
il- shall be within
9. Test values for protective functions
:.,1 manufacturer's recommend ations'
t,
&

il
!1
I
3

$
ri
I

tI
A

*Optional
I
g
182 ATS - 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.24 Automatic Gircuit Reclosers and Line sectionalizers (cont.)


2. ----
Automatic Line Sectionali."r",Oii

1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1. comp_are_equipment nameptate data with drawings


and
specifications.

2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition.

3. lnspect anchorage, alignment, and grounding.

4' Perform allmechanical operation and contact alignment


tests
on both the sectionalizer and its operating mechJnism in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

5' lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high resistance


using one of the following methods:

1. use of row-resistance ohmmeter in accordance with


Section 7 .24.2.2 (Electrical Tests).

2. Verify tightness of accessibre borted erectricar


connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in
accordance with manufacturer's published data or
Table 10.12.

3. perform thermographic
survey in accordance with
Section 9.

6. lnspect for correct insulating liquid level.

:!ii''
'

{:
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.24 Automatic Gircuit Recl-osersand Line sectionalizers (cont')


{
2. Automatic Line Sectionalizers' Oil (cont')
2. ElectricalTests
bolted.
1. Perform resistance measurements through ?ll
ohmmeter, if applicable,
,
:
in
connections with low-resistance
a."o'o-"*"wittrsection7.24.2.1(VisualandMechanical
lnsPection).

2. Perform a contact resistance test'

3.Removeasampleinsulatingliquid.inaccordancewithASTM
Dg23.Sampleshallbetestedforthefollowing:

1. Dielectric breakdown voltage: ASTM D877 '

2. Color: ANSI/ASTM D1500'

3. Visual condition: ASTM D1524'

4.Performanoverpotentialtestoneachpole-to-groundand
Pole-to-Pole. @

*5. Perform an insulation-resistance test on all control.wiring


at
rooo vorG 0". For units with solid-state components, follow
manufactu rer's recommendations'

6.Testsectionalizercountingfunctionblapplicationof
simulatedfaultcurrent(greaterthanl60percentof
continuous current rating)'
positions'
7. Test sectionalizer lockout function for all counting

B. Test for reset timing on trip actuator'

*9. Perform overall power-factor/dissipation-factor test'

*10. Perform power-factor/dissipation-factor test on each bushing


if taps
equipped with power-factoi taps. use hot-collar method
are not available'

184 ATS-1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.24 Automatic circuitRecrosers and Linesectionarizers (cont.)


2. Automatic Line Sectionalizerc, Oil (cont.)

3. Test Values

1. compare bolted connection resistance to values of


similar
connections.

2. Bolt-torque levers shourd be in accordance with


rabre 10.12
unless otherwise specified by manufacturer.

3. Microhm or millivort drop varues shail not exceed


the high
levels of the normal range as indicated in the manufacturer,s
published data. lf manufacturefs data is not avairabre,
investigate anyvalues which deviate from similar connections
by more than 50 percent of the lowest value.

4. overpotentialtest voltages shall be in accordance with


manufacturer's published data or Table 10.16.

5. lnsulating liquid test results shail be in accordance with


rable
10.4.

6. con[olwiring insulation resistance should be in accordance


with Table 10.4.

7. D issipation-factor/powe r-facto r test resu tts and ta n k loss


index shall not exceed the manufacturer,s published
the absence of manufacturer's publi.f."O Olii t-he-- -
data. ln
comparison shall be made to similar line sectionalizers.

8. Test values for protective functions shail be within


man ufactu rer's recom mendations.

ATS - 1999

I
i
1]
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.25 Fiber-OPtic Gables


{':
1. lnsPection
Mecnanlcal lnspecrlorr
al and Mechanical
Visual

1. compare.cable, connector, and splice data with drawings and


sPecifications'

damage'
Z. lnspect cable and connections for physical and mechanical

3. Verify that atl connectors and splices are correctly installed.

2. ElectricalTests

1. perform cable length measurement, fiber fracture inspection, and


construction defeJt inspection using an opticaltime domain
reflectometer'

ctor and solice intt


2.Performconnectorandspliceintegritytestusingan roPtical time
. domain reflectometer'

3; perform cable attenuation loss measurement with an optical power


loss test set.

4. perform connector and splice attenuation loss measurement from


set'
both ends of the optical cable with an optical power loss test

3. Test Values
for
1. The opticaltime domain reflectometer signal should be analyzed
by viewing the
excessive connection, splice, or cable backscatter
reflected Power/distance graPh'
Losses
Z. Attenuation loss measurement shall be expressed in dB/km.
no local
shall be within the manufacturer's recommendations when
site specifications are available.

7.26 Electrostatic/Electromagnetic Field Testing' Reserved

7.27 SPecial SYstems - Reserved

*Optional

186 ATS - 1999


8. SYSTEM FUNCTION TESTS

8.1 General

1' Perform system function tests upon completion


of equipment tests as
defined.in section 7. lt is the puipose of system
tun"iion tests to prove the
correct interaction of all sensing,'processing, ano
action' jevic"s.'

2. lmplementation

1' D:u-uloP test parameters for the. purpose


of evaluating performance
of all integrar components and their tunctioning
within design requirements. unit
"J".o*prete
Perform these tests. l

2' )/erify the correct operation of all interlock safety devices for
rv'q',-o,
fail-safr
functions in addition to design function.
3- Y".rirv the correct operation of ail sensing devices, ararms, and
indicating devices.

it
!
I
i
4

9. THERMOGRAPHIC SURVEY
'i.
$i
L
9.1 Visual and Mechanical lnsPection
F

i
t
l.lnspectphysical,electrical,andmechanicalcondition.
utilize
2. Remove all necessary covers prior to thermographicinspectigl'
h

:"
'" liililbii"ie caution, safety devices, and personal protective
equiPment.
*
current-carrying devices'
Equipment to be inspected shall include all
+
l:.
I 9.2

T 9.3 Provide report including the following:


?.

:
1. Description of equipment to be tested'
i
I

2. DiscrePanctes.
and the reference
3. Temperature difference between the area of concern
i
area.
I
a 4. Probable cause of temperature difference'
t
@
areas and/or
ii 5. Areas inspected. ldentify inaccessible and/or unobservable
equipment.
u

s
FI
6. ldentify load conditions at time of inspection'
E

*7. provide photographs and/or thermograms of the deficient area'


s
f.
il
E B. Recommended action.

l+
i!
i-

i.

i
;l
&

ii
;
s

F
lr

&

i
i
E

F
"Optional
N

F
188 ATS- 1999
9. THERMOGRAPHIC SURVEY

9.4 Test parameters

1 ilif#,'i'ii'.f#','ffi1'i;ff#:: g?9fr,i#jr"nt capabre or derecting a

2 emitted radiation and converr


5:;:lTgHhalldetect detected radiation to

3' Thermographic survev::lorjg be p^erformed


d-uring periods
possible toading but not,tess
th{t d0 ;;rgent of ratJci roalot of maximum
the erectricar
cted. Rere r i" A r.r's ur.r FFA t0a:i66+,
fi : il5,ff ?l Srlm;:e s rro n I'e- ib
"
9.5 Test Values

suggested actions based on temperature


rise can be found in Table
10.1g.

1999 189
TABLE 1O'1

lnsulation Resistance Tests


Electrical APParatus and SYstems

Recommended Minimum
Minimum Test Voltage, dc lnsulation Resistance
Maximum Rating of in Megohrns
F-..!-*anl in Vnlfc in Volts
YurH.
500 25
250
1,000 100
600
2,500 1,000
5,000
2,500 2,000
8,000
2,500 5,000
15,000
5,000 20,000
?5 000

15,000 100,000
35,000
15.000 100,000
46,000
@
15,000 100,000
69,000

with insulation-resistance tests, the NETA standards Review


ln the absence of consensus standards dealing
bfun"il tuggests the above representative values'

See Table 10.14 for temperature correction


factors'

the conductor being tested, the.temperature of the insulating


Actualtest results are dependent on the length of
timJof the test' ln addition, insulation resistance
material, and the humidity of the surrou.noind-environ."nt"tn" information obtained during
tests are performed to a trending p-attern and a deviation from the baseline
"Jt"nriin
the evaluation of the insulation for confined use'
naintenance testing
"*nting

R
i1

F
tii
s

s
H

F
B.
E

G
lxl
g ATS - 1999
TABLE 10.2

Switch gear Withstand Test Voltages

Low-Voltage Power Circuit .254t.5A8t.635


Breaker Switchgear 1.6 2.3

4.76 14
Metal-Clad Switchgear 8.25 27
150 27 27
270 45
38.0 60
Station-Type Cubicle 37
Switchgear 38.0 60
72.5 120
4.76 14
20
8.25 1S
Metal Enclosed lnterrupter 27
15.0 27
Switchgear 37
15.5 37 52
25.8 45
38.0 60

Derived from ANSI/IE-EE c37'20'1-1993, Paragraph


5'5, sfanda rd for Metat-Enclosed Low-vottage power
Breaker switchgear,,c3T'20'2-1ssa, Faiasr"pi
s.s, sii*iiiinrlultii-ciialiii{taun-rype cubicte circuit-
SliffJ,ir,'$ffii[J}r'"'fffi::T3*5!, sra;d; ;'i;;ffi;;'E,,;id t;;;;;p:;i's*n"i,i""i,""Jl,I[0";
switchsear

The column headed "DC withstand" is given as.a


reference. only forthose using dc tests
connected cable installations without diiconnecting to verify the integrity of
tne cabte; iiom
be appropriate and approximately equivatent to tnJcorresp;;;g tne switcng-eai. iiiuprurents varues berieved to
for voltage rating of switchgear' rn" pt""un"e powgr frequency withstand test values specifiecr
of this no w3v. impries any requirement for a
test on ac equipment or thit a dc withstand test "olrrin'in dc withstand _
rupr"."r'tr un:acceptible'utt"rnut'iu" to the low-frequency
withstand tests specifled in this specification,
gilfer roi J"rign ;rts,.production tests, conformance tests,
makins dc tests, the'voltase shoulo ne raisioli'inJ't"rt'uaru" or field
:?tJ";Hl,T in Jii"i"i" steps and herd for a period of

'Because of the variable voltage distribution encountered


should be contacted for recom-menaaiions when making dc withstand tests, the
oetor" manufacturer
"pptyingl"-*iinrt"ni t"rtrl" il" Vortage
5il"i:HH;"ffii,"'lyfl",X**m:li*:l,il:[n:,ruil:"i#Hi'l''v,Ere
"*it"ng""r.csi isrigg s (.EEE

L.

t:
l'i
I]
TABLE 10.3

Recommended Dissipation Factor/Power Factor {:i


of Liquid-Filled Transformers, Regulators, and Reactors

0.5o/o
New Power Transformers and Reactors

1.OYo
New Distribution Transformers and Regulators

1.0%
Remanufactured Power Transformers and Reactors

1.5%
hemanufactured Distribution Transformers and Regulators

transformer dissipation factor/power factor values, the NETA


ln the absence of consensus standards dealing with
representative values.
StunOuiOr Review Council suggests the above
ie
ci
i
&

B
*jj
&

$
t;
..&

B
fi
il
a

R
s
L
ti
6

s
!':
j'i

B
v
#
g

F1
u
gi 6
I

g
H

E
TABLE 10.4
Test Limits for New rnsurating oir
Received in New Equipment

kV minimum
Test

Dielectric breakdowh,

uletectric breakdown,
kV minimum @ 0.04" gap
I nsrna Method

D877

D1816
m
Mineral Oill

30
Above 69 kV
through 230 kV

30
345 kV Class
and Above

3n

utetectric breakdown, 20 30 30
kV minimum @ 0.08" gap D1816
tllreffactat tension 40 48 60
MN/rn minimum D971
Neutralization numb6r, 35 35 40
mg KOH/g ryaximum D974
Water content, ppm 0.03 0.03 0.03
maximum D'1533 25 2A
Power factor al2S"C, o/o
10
D924 0.15 0.10 0.05
Powerfactorat 100"C, % D924 1.50 1.00
Color 0.30
D1500 10 1.0 0.5
Visualcondition D1524

ffi
Bright & Ctear Bright & Clear Bright & Clear

Test Limits for siricone tnsurating


Liquid in New Transformers

Test
ASTM Methorl
Dielectric breakdown, kV minimum ___,Acqeptable, Values
D877
Visual 30
D2129 clear, free of
Water content, ppm maximum
D1533
Dissipation factor, % max. 50
25.C @ D924
Viscosity, cSt @ 25.C 0.1
D445
Fire point, "C, minimum 47.5 - 52 5
D92
Neutrarization nur*a 340
mg KOH/g max.
D974
0.01
(Gurde rorAcceptance orsiticone
-
tl"n'"?o?11;j,t;:t?"ti:1ees) tnsutating Fruid and ,,

'ffi ATS - 1999 193


Table 10.4 (cont')

Hydrocarbon lnsulating Liquid $


Typical Values for Less-Flammable
Received in New EquiPment

?o
D1816
34.5 kV Class ano setow
D1816 25
Above 34.5 kV Glass
Dielectric breakdown' 30
D1816
kV minimum 0.04" gaP Desirable
D1816 40
34.5 kV Class and Below
n{R{6 50
Ahove 34.5 kV Class
Dielectric breakdown' 60
D1816
kV minimum 0'08" gap Desirable
DB77 30
Dielectric breaKoown' Kv Clear
D1524
Visual 25
D15338
y'ater content' 0.1
np?4
Dissipation factor, ?o maxlmull @ f9i- D924 1.0

D92 300
Fire Point, ("C) minimum D92 270-294
Flash Point ("C) I Yplcar 0.03
D974 or D664
D971 38

ffia tension, mNtry rninimt

in
Less Ftammabte Hydrocarbon Fluid
(R19g5) (Guide for Acceptance and Maintenanceof
1EEEC57.121_1gBB
Transformerg,Table 2'
TABLE 10.5

Transformer Insulation_Res istance


Acceptance Test Vottage and Minimum
Resurts

Transformer Winding Rated Voltage


Minimum DG Test Voltage

Recommended Minimum Transformer lnsulation


Resistance Resutts:
ln the absence of consensus standards for minimum
acceptable
resistance' the NETA standards Review counciire.o_I..ndnJ; transformer insulation
Although the origin of this formula is not identified, th;;;f the folowing formura.
NiTA ,".ognizes its wide use in the
electrical testing industry.

GE
lR:r/kVA

=
lR Minimum recommended one minute insuration
rrrvsrerrvrr resistance
rsorotcrrluE'
Q = COnStant
f= Phase-to-phase voltage for delta connected windings;
connected windings. 'v-' phase{o-neutral
t'r'sev-rv-l voltage for star
kVA = Rated kVA of traniformer

Values of C @ 2}"Cfor 60 Hz transformers

Oil-filled C = 1.5
Dry-type C = 30

0
:
)
TABLE 10.6

Medium-Voltage Cables €

Maximum Field Acceptance Test Voltages (kV, dc)

5KV 1 00% 25
5kv 133% 25
Elastomeric:
IOOYo 55
Butyl and Oil Base
-----15kV
ffinv f33% 65
lOgYo BO
25 KV
CKV 1 00% 25
5kv 133% 25
Elastomeric: EPR
BAV f00% 35
BKV 133% 45
t 55
i 15 kV 1OO"/o
J
15 kV 133% 65
..] -------z5kv 1 00% 80
25kV T33% 100
zgkv 1 00% 85
35 kV 1 00% 100
5kv 1 00% 25
5kv 133% 25
8kv 1 00% 3b
Polyethylene
akv 1 33% 45
T'KV TO0% 55
T5 KV 733% 65
25 kV 1 00% 80
25 kV 133% 100
t
e
t1 35 KV 1 00% fo0
H

by factoring the applicable lcEA/NEMA Standards'


erived from ANS|/IEEE Standard 141-1993 Table 12-9 and
E
:J
!3
g
cables based upon insulation
NOTE: AEIC CSs and cS6, and ANSI/|EEE Standard 400 do not differentiate
thickness and, consequently, list differing test voltages'

limits for pqtheads and terminators specified in


lnsure that the maximum test voltage does not exceed the voltage
IEEE Std. 48 (IEEE Stanaara Test-procedures and Re q.yyyr^ " for High-voltage
ac.cable Terminations) or for
motded rubber terminutions ipecified in IEEE Std. 386 (IEEE Standard ior
separable Insutated connector systems
published data.
for Power Distribution sysfenrs Above 600v), or manufacturer's

196
'"-ffi
ATS - 1999
TABLE 10.7

Molded-Gase Circuit Breakers


lnverse Time Trip Test

(At 300% of Rated continuous Gurrent of


Gircuit Breaker:)

Maximum Trip Time in Seconds


Range of Rated Gontinuous For Each Maximum Frame Ratingl
Gurrent Amperes
<Z5UV 251-600v
0-30 50 70
31-50 BO
100
51-100 140 160
101-150 200 250
151-225 230 275

t 226400

401-600
300 350

450
601-800
500
801-1000
600
1001 - 1200 70a
1201-1600
775
1601-2000
800
2001-2500
850
2501-5000
900
6000
1000
Derived from Table 5-3, NEMA Standard
AB 4_1996.
t
Trip times mav be substantially longer
for integrally-fused circuit breakers if tested
links (shorting bars). with the fuses replaced by solid

i' l

i,
TABLE 10.8

nstantaneous Tri P Tolelllnces


I
$
for Field Testing of Circuit Breakers

ffi ofManufacturers
Published TriP Range

Tolerance of Settin
+4A%
Adjustable
-30o/o

-Reproduction of Table 5-4 from NEMA publication AB4-1996'


published trip
instantaneous trips,.torerances appry to the manufacturer's
For circuit breakers with nonadjustabre
-30 percent on lowside'
range, i.e.; +40 p"r""ni'on-rtLliiio"'


TABLE 10.9

lnstrument Transformer Dietectric Tests


Acceptance

BIL Applied Potential Tests


Nominal System (kV) (kv) Field Test Vottage (kV)
ac dcl
0.6 10 3 4
1.'l 30 7.5 10
2.4 45 11.2 15
4.8 60 14.2 19
8.32 75 19.5 26
13.8
13.8
95 25.5 u
110 25.5 34
25 125 30 40
25 150 37.5 50
34.5 150 37.5 50
34.5 200 52.5 70
46 250 71.2 N/A
69 3s0 105 N/A
115 450 138 N/A
115 550 172 N/A
138 550 172 N/A
138 650 206 N/A
161 650 206 N/A
161 750 243 N/A
230 900 296 N/A
230 1050 345 N/A
345 1300 431 N/A
500 1675 562 N/A
500 1800 600 N/A
765 2050 690 N/A
lerive-d from Paragraph 8.8.2 and rable 2 of ANSI/IEEE c57.13-1gg3 (sfanda rd Requirements for Instrument
Transformers).
1
DC potentialtests are not recommended for transformers rated
higher than 200 kv BlL. DC tests may prove
beneficial as a reference for future testing. ln such cases tne
Y'rvv'v"evv
test oiiect vottage srrqrr
snait rrvt
not s^.-vtiu
exceed the original factory
trrtr ullgrrrdr
tgst RMS alternating voltages,

tl
ll
1l
TABLE 10.10
€'

Maximum Allowable Vibration Amplitude

Speed - RPM Amplitude - lnches Peak to Peak

3000 and above


1500 - 2999
1000 - 1499
999 and below
Sections 20.53, 21'54,22'54,23'52' and 24'50'
Derived from NEMA publication MG 1-1993,


Tabte 10.11
overpotential rest voltages for
Electrical Apparatus other
than tnductive Equipment

Nominal -
System (Line) lnsulation Maximum
AC Factory Maximum
Vottage{ (kW Class Field Apptied
Test (kV) Field Apptier
A(} Taef lLrn
1.2 1.2
uv r est IKV
10
6.0 8.5
2.4 2.5 15
9.0 12.7
4.8 5.0 19
11.4 16.1
8.3 8.7 26 15.6
22.1
14.4 15.0 34
20.4 2B.B
18.0 18.0 40 24.0 -33.9
25.O 25.0 50
30.0 4)t
34.5 35.0 70 42.0 59.4
46.0 46.0 95 57.O -
80.6
69.0 69.0 140 84.O 118.8

of consensus standards, the


*,T""":ot"nce NETA standards Review council
suggests the above representative
1
lntermediate vortage ratings are praced !

in the next higher insuration 'i


crass.

'ffi ATS- 1999 201

.l

rj i-.,
'.',.,'.-ii
5L-------
e
B

- TABLE 10.12
$
US Standard
Bolt Torques for Bus Gonnections
Plated
Heat-Treated Steel 'Cadmium or Zinc

SAE 5 SAE 7 SAE 8


Grade
SAE 1&2

Head Marking
C O s s
133K 150K
hlinimum Tenstte (r.D.1., 64K
Torque (F, rot Pounds)
Bolt Diameter
in lnches
8.0 8.4
4.0 5.6
114

15.2 17.6
7.2 11.2
Stto
27.2 29.6
n.a 20.0
3/8
44.O 48.0
19.2 32.0
7116
68.0 73.6
29.6 48.0
112
96.0 105.6 @
42.4 70.4
9/16
133.6 144.0
59.2 96.0
5/B
224.O 236.8
96.0 160.0
314
352.0 378.4
152.0 241.6
7lB
528.0 571.2
225.6 372.8
1.0
TABLE 10.12 (CONT.)

Bolt Torques for Bus Connections

Silicon Bronze Fastenersl

Torque (Foot pounds)

Bolt Diameter in lnches Nonlubricated Lubricated


5116 15 10
318 20 14
1t2 40 25
518 55 40
314 70 60

1
Bronze alloy bolts shall have a minimum tensile strength of 70,000 pounds per
square inch.

Aluminum Alloy Fasteners2

)
Torque (Foot Pounds)

Bolt Diameter in lnches Lubricated


5116 8.0
318 11.2
1t2 20.o
5lB 32.0
3t4 48.0
zAluminum
alloy bolts shall have a minimum tensile strength of s5,000 pounds per
square inch.

ATS - 1999 203


TABLE 10.10
€;

Maximum Allowable Vibration Amplitude

Speed - RPM Amplitude - lnches Peak to Peak


3000 and above
1500 - 2999
1000 - 1499
999 and below
'1-1993, Sections 20.53, 21'54,22'54,23'52' and 24'50'
Derived from NEMA publication MG

ATS - 1999
Table 10.11
overpotentiat rest voltages for
ElectricalApparatus other than
tnductive Equipment

Nominal-
System (Line) lnsulation AC Factory
Mailmum--- Maxtmum
Voltage{ (kvl Glass Field Apptied Field Apptied
_Igst (kv) AG Test (kV) DG Test (kVt
1.2 1.2 10
6.0 8.5
2.4 2.5 15
9.0 12.7
4.8 5.0 19
11.4 16.1
8.3 8.7 26
14.4
15.6 ,*
15.0 34 20.4 28.8
18.0 18.0 40 24.0 33.9
25.0 25.0 50 30.0 42.4
34.s 35.0

46.0 46.0
70 42.0 r*
95 57.0 80.6 I

69.0 69.0 140 84.O 118.8

of consensus standards' the


*,tLt":o""nce NETA standards Review councir
suggests the above representative
1
lntermediate vortage ratings are placed
in the next higher insuration
crass.
TABLE 10.14

lnsulation Resistance e
Gonversion Factors

for Conversion of Test


Temperature to 20oC

Temperature Multiplier
Apparatus Containing Apparatus Containing
oG oF lmmersed Oil lnsulations Solid lnsulations
32 o.25 0.40
0
41 0.36 0.45
5
50 0.50 0.50
10
59 0.75 0.75
15
1.00 1.00
20 6B
77 1.40 1.30
25
1.98 1.60
30 B6
2.80 2.O5
35 95
3.95 2.50
40 104
5.60 3.25
45 113
7.85 4.00
F 50 122
*ji 11-20 5.20
55 131
E
140 15.85 6.40
60
149 22.40 8.70
n
! 65
,
31.75 10.00
70 158
167 44.70 13.00
75
!
I 176 63.50 16.00
J
80
TABLE 10.15

AG High-potential Test Voltage


for
Automatic Gircuit Reclosers

Nominal Voltage Maximum Voltage, kV


Class, kV Rated lmputse Maximum Field Test
Wifhsfenrl \/at+^-^
Voltage, kVAC
14.4 (Aand30) 15.0
95 35
14.4 (A and 3@) 15.5 110 50
24.9 (A and 3@) 27.0 150
60
34.5 (1O and 30) 38.0 150
70
46.0 pa) 48.3 250 105
6e.0 (3u) 72.5 350 160

Derived from ANSIIIEEE c37'61-1973(R1993) (standard


Guide 13!.r!y ooq,n=ffon, operation,
Automatic circuit Rec/osers,), cgz.oo-ig8i(nisjsa) and Maintenance of
riiliitllh"qrinments
vauft' and submersibte Automatic Cir"ii'riecto""ir"'ina for overitead,.pad-Mounted, Dry-
riit'itenupters for ACsysfems).
TABLE 10.16

AC High_potential Test Voltage


for Automatic Line Sectionaliz-ers

NominalVoltage Maximum Voltagte Rated tmpuGe Maximum Field -


Class kV KV DC 15 Minute
Withstand Voltage Test Vottage kVAG
KV
Withstand (kV)
14.4 (1s) 15.0 95 35 53
14.4 (a) 15.0 1tE 42 53
14.4 @a) 15.5 14n
50 53
24.e (1@) 27.0 12F.
60 7B
34.s Qa) 38.0 150

ffi
70 103
Derived from
vault, and submersibte Automaticlrri
s""t , alizers of AC systems).
I

ln the absence of consensus standards,


the NETA standards Review council :j

values. suggests the above representative :

:l
t

NOTE: Values of ac voltage given


are dry test one minute factory test
values.

ATS - 1999 207

ii
li
j
:

x
t.

i
I
TABLE 10.17
@
MetalEnclosedBusDielectricWithstandTestVoltages

37 52,0
ffiratorLeads 24.5
29.5 45
34.5 60
*$
15.5 37 52.0
$ lsolated Phase 45
25.8
for Other than Generator Leads 60
* 35.0
ij
0.635 1.6 2.3
!
4.76 14 20.0
Nonsegregated Phase
I
15.0 27 37.0
i
25.8 45 63.0
i
38.0 60
i

15.5 37 52.O
I
i, 25,8 45 63.0
t
Segregated Phase
38.0 60
I
(
I'i
lij
d 0.3 1.6 2.3
0.8 2.7 3.9
DC Bus Duct
i;
'& 1.2 3.4 4.8
1.6 4.0 5.7
F
i
3.2 6.6 9.3

;;j[pt;;;ith fractions rounded down to two significant digits.


--:rivedfromANSl-lEEEC37.23-1987,Tables3A,38,3C,3Dandparagraph6'4'2'Thetableincludesa0'75
test
does not imply any requirement for a dc withstand
Note: The presence of the column headed "dc withstand" tests and represents values
is given as a reference onryloi tnose uiing dc
on ac equipme-nt. ini, frequency withstand
believed to be
"orr*n
appropriate and appioximatery equivalent ti rne correspon-ding power
test values specified for each class of bus'

flexible bus to avoid the loss of insulation life that may


result
Direct current withstand tests are recommended for
withstand testing'
from the dielectric neating that occurs with rated frequency
when making dc withstand tests and variances in leakage
Because of the variable voliage distribution encountered
manufacturer-should be consulted for recommendations
currents associated with various insulation sysi"*r,1n"
U"fott applying dc withstand tests to this equipment'
a
TABLE 10.18

Thermographic Survey
Suggested Actions Based on Temperature Rise

10c - 30c 10c - 100c Possible deficiency;


warrants investigation
40c - 150c 10C - 200c
1 lndicates probabte
deficiency; repair as time
permits
210C - 400c Monitor continuously until
corrective measures can b
accomplished
>150C >400c Major discrepancy; repair
immediately

Temperature specifications vary depending on the exact


type
) (i'e'' cables) there are various t-emp'erature-ratings. H;;tirg of equipment. Even in the same class of equipment
;
therefore' the load cunent will have a major ilngict on pi.in !"n"rutty related to tne square of the current;
tnl- absence of standards for pT, the
values in this table will provide reasonable guidelines. ' "on""n"us
An alternative method of evaluation is the standards-based
temperature rating system as discussed in section
3fi:?El"tucting
an lR rhermosraphic l"rp;;td;;A;;;;"i;;" r systems-Miinieniance and resting, by paur
It is a necessary and valid requirement that the. person
performing the.electrical inspection be thoroughly
and experienced concerning the apparatus and trained
systemi u"ing luuruated as weu aJt<nowledgeable of
thermographic methodology.
F
in

Aeour rHE lNTERNnnorual EucrRrcel


a-

TESTTNG ASSOCratro^r

To
The lnterNational Electrical resting Asso..ciation
(NETA) is an accredited standards developer
for the American National standards lnstitute
:: IANSI)and defin." tru ,t"ndards by which
electrical equipment is deemed safe and reliabte. ruErn certifieJ iectnicians conduct the
a
that ensure this equipment meets the association's tests
stringent *p*in.riions. NETA 6id
.? source of specifications, procedure.s., testing, and requirJmentl,-noi leading
onlv ro, commisr-ioiing n"*
equipment but for testing the reliability and -performance
;.

':.
of existing equipment.
'5
,, Certification
certification of competency is particularly important in
the determination of the equipment's service'abiliiyis
t"
electrical testing industry. lnherent in
'i the prereqrLite t,at individuals performing
the tests be capable of conducting the tests in a
sar" manner and with complete knowledge
the hazards involved' They must also evaluate the of
test data ano ma[e a judgmental opinion
the continued serviceability, deterioration, or nonr"rio"**t on
a nationally-recognized certification agency, provides
in! ri""inc equipment. NETA,
"t of four levels of competency
recognition
' ,:s
within the electrical testing industry.

i Qualifications of the Testing Organization


'; An independent overview is the only method of oei-imining
the long-term usage of electrical
apparatus and its suitability for the intended purpose-
NEIA best support the
'ii interest of the owner,
?l the objectivity ""rp"iilr
of the testing firm is as important as the
L
E
competency of the individual techniciin."l{qgr'p"iun"v
NETA M"*b"rc are part of in independent,
electrical testing association dedicated to setting *"Jo
acceptance testing. Hiring a NETA Member
third-party
standards in Jectr,ical maintenance and
* assures the customer that:
' The NETA Technician has broad-based "orip"ny,
knowieog":- thi; il;;
test, maintain, and calibrate all types of etectricallquipmdiil;il is trained to inspect,
3 types of industries.
j
e
t:
:: ' NETA Technicians meet stringent educational
and experienc"
' A Registered Professional Engineer will review '"q]ii#;;i;'.""'"'-
all engineering reports.
j
' All tests will be performed objectively, accordino-
instruments traceable to the Nationat'lnstitute oi lo ryErn
spJcincations, using calibrated
,, science *i,ii""nnology (Nlsr).
' The firm is a well-established, full-service electrical
testing and maintenance business.
i
i
j !-
As a parr or its service to the
Association provides
'dffi:;Ti??ff:-1"::iil"Xllffirestins
two nationallv-recognized publications: the NETA ercai"iiiitt;,;# Testing specifications
and the NETA Electrical Acceptancg T3.sting
B sp"iriritior". rnr nso.[tion also produces a
quarterly technicaljournal, NETA world,wh'ich'is
anailaure through subscription. lt features
articles of interest to electrical testing and maintenance
ti companies, consultants, engineers,
t:
4 architects, and plant personneloirecily invoveJin
testing and maintenance.
"r""tri.rr
F
s:
E]
F rhe NErA rechnicat conrerenc"
".!tXTlH?3:tJ?:l5Tr-,"nrrrry
information to the industry about electrical in March, providins userur
mtuiv,'ri"ie-of-tre-art testing technologies, and
testing equipment and approaches. A trade new
st-row i.;G" a part of this four-day
il event.

s$t
&
w
r,ffi
The NETA Affitiate
"Technical Affiliate to the Electrical Testig-and
Maintenance Industry,,
It is the intention of NETA, in establishing the Affiliate
crassification, to provide interaction
between NETA and those people who re'quire
electrical testing. This classification
applies to those individuals who have an interest"r 9p""iV
i'iin"iL.trical testinglndustry.
This classification willtypically be chosen by engineers,
electrical contracting personnel,
project manasers, erectricians, prant ensinJers,il;;h;Li;ffi;;il;;;,h;r,
rv s'vr rae' qr ru \Jtr r.' who wish to
participate and learn about the electricaitesting
;il;.try.
Benefits of being a NETA Affitiate:
. Access ernerge ncy consultation
.' Attend NEVLqraining seminars
Attend Annuarrechnicar conference at reduced
rate
at reau"eiioii
-*'
. Receive
. PurchaseNlllWor[d technicartjourr"t---
NETA publication" ui ruirred rate
. Serye on TechnicatWorking Comniiees-''
. Be an active pafticipant in developind,TrvSr standards
First Time Affiliates onlv:
NETA Electricat Accepta'nce or Maintenance
Testing specifications included in Affiliate fee.
ri
'* _^3{:fftoa|{'.,Ei:,#x"3ii,.jJf l;xS"t#,q",
Po PpI6sZ:J!q^SJop.e Sireet, ii,ro"#ii"on, Co 8046s
i phone: 303.692.8441 .
F;iiao,.osiz.shi'-"
{e
:!
{.
E-mail : neta@ netaworld.org . W"U,-***. neiaworld.org
n
rt'tllfllt'llillrlllrtlll'llltlllrt'rfartrrirrtirllrrrrtlrtrrlrrlrlrrlrrrlrttatrtriirrrrrr
t
i
I N ETA Affiliate Appt ication
Nameffitle
Firm
Address
City/State/Zip
t-
,r Phone
J

I
L
I
li
1 year$75
"j"
&
I
i Affiliate fee enclosed: Check # or Visa
i
m
Mastercard Amex
$r
tI Credit Card Number
i
Expiration Date
I
First time Affiliates:
*
F Please send Acceptance Specifications OR
H
E
Maintenance Specifications
I hereby agree to abide by the ByLaws of theAssociafib n and not to
my Affiliate sfafus does not entitie me to use the NETA .ogo. t understand
claim Neri iimbership in the performance
$r testing. of erectrical
Signature
* Rates
cunent lgg9; suUjecit,o change.
Date
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.12 Regulating Apparatus (cont.)


@ 1. Voltage (cont.)
2. lnduction Regulators
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1. Compare
-equipment nameplate data with drawings
and specifications.

2. lnspect physical and mechanical


condition.
3. lnspect impact recorder prior to untoading
aPPlicable 'Y rvvLrrqrLrt
regurator, if
.

4. Verifyremovat9fan.vshippingbracingandventplugs
after final placement.
qr--"'Y rv Yerr. Pru

5. Verify correct auxiliary device operation.


.

6. lnspect all bolted electrical connections


resistance using one of the following
for high l

methodJ
1. Use of tow-resistance ohmmeter
in accordance
vqr r\
with Secti on 7.12.1 z.z
terl"tri;"i i;[j'
2' Verify tightness of accessibre borted
erectricat
connections by calibrated torque-wrench
method in accordance with manufacturer,s
i

pubtished data or Table 10.12. i

3. Perform thermographic survey in


accordance
with Section 9.

7. Check motor and drive train for correct


operation and
automatic motor cut-off.at maximum
lower and
maximum raise.

B. Verify..appropriate liquid level in all


tanks and bushings,
if applicable.

9. Perform specific inspections and


mechanicartests as
recommended by the manufacturer.

't0. Verify correct equipment grounding.


&
I
,E

' 7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES


i;,

't 7.12 Regulating Apparatus (cont')


l 1. Voltage (cont.)
-lnduction @
i
2. Regulators (Gont')
sI

't"
2. ElectricalTests

3 1. Perform resistance measurements through all bolted


!
connections with low-resistance ohmmeter, if
applicable, in accordance with Section7 '12'1'2'1
tJ

(Visual and Mechanical lnspection).


i,

2. perform insulation-resistance tests winding-to-winding


and each winding-to-ground with test voltage in
accordance with Table 10.5.

i
3. Calculate polarization index.
t

4. Perfo rm wi nd i n g i ns u lation power-facto r/d issi patio n-


factor tests on windings and in accordance with test
'?

equipment manufacturer's instructions.


ir

Perfo rm power-facto r/d iss ipati o n-facto r o r hot co llar


'.e
I
i. 5.
watts-loss tests on bushings and in accordance with
i.
'&

test equipment manufacturer's publishers data' €


E

ii

B
6. Verify that regulation corresponds to nameplate
I
I
I utilizing the voltage comparison method'
t
7. verify that the indicator correctly identifies neutral
i
i
position.

B. Perform winding resistance tests on each winding at


J
t:_
I
neutral position.

fr
i
i
i

f,
l"
;i
E

t
I

s
3

*Optional

114 ATS - 1999


"i
h

Ii::..:...:.:_.r._
.. , .
-
f:i:t:.ri.
r:.
..r..
lr':r.if i.:,' .....:
7- INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.12 Regulating Apparatus (cont.)


@ 1. Voltage (cont.)
2. lnduction Regulators (cont.)

9. S"rpt:j!:yllqs liquid, if appticabte, in accordance


with ASTM D923. Sample,niff n"
t"rt"O in
accordance with the referenced standard.

1. Dielectric breakdown voltage: ASTM DBTT


and/or ASTM D1816.

2. Acid neutralization number: ASTM Dg74.

"3. Specific gravity: ANSI/ASTM D1298.

4- rnterfaciartension: ANS|/ASTM Dg71


oTASTM
D2285.

S. Cotor: ANS|/ASTM D1S00.

6. Visual condition: ASTM D1524.


*7
(@ ' power factor: ASTM
Dg24 required when the
regulator voltage is 46 kV oin'r;;r
nB. Water in insulating liquids:
ASTM D1S33.
Required when the regulator voltate is
25 kV or
higher.

3. Test Values

1. Qompare borted connection resistance to varues of


similar connections.

2. Bort-torque revers shourd be in accordance


with rabre
10-12 unress otherwise specified ov
runrr"cturer.
3. lnsuration-resistance varue at one
minute shourd not be
ress than the varues carcurated
in with the
formura in Tabre 10.5. Resurtr rr,"riL"iJrp"ratrr"
"."oioance
corrected in accordance with Table
10.14.

&
*ili;?+. :-++-#:-i-zji1:--- .
+.
d

R
i.:

,-, INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES


i:.

B
7.12 Regulating Apparatus (cont') 6
r-i

r. 1. Voltage (cont')
-lnduction Regulators (cont')
2.
$

4
.
4 lL?l'"i:ifr:l3ii:i""; ::$''3:":''"Jfi
as
il:i:a't11/s
o"t"l, not available, ihis information will serve
:j
baseline data'

?
5.Maximumpowerfactorofliquid-filledregulators.shall.
beinaccordance*itn*"n,facturer'sspecifications.ln
theabsenceofmanufacturer'sdatacomparetotest
manufacturer's published'data'
"q'iptunt
F6[;i"iG are indicated in Table 10.3
""rues
6'Bushingpowerfactorsandcapacitancesshouldnot
d; ;y";ore than ten pe rce nl of. .n 1t"p late val ues
the test
n"v n6t.ollar watts-loss results that exceedn s sh o u ld" b e
. i'J i Jilt"r]',nl r,rt" re r' s recom men d atio
" "tu
investigated'

T.Theregulationshouldbealinearratiothroughoutthe
and the maximum
tne maximum raise
f.l,5ff$'ffi:
a --^r,l+^
^L.all ha
B.lnsulatingliquidtestresultsshallbeinaccordancewith
Table 10'4'

g.lfwinding-resistancemeasurementsvarybymorethan
;; p;;#t from adjacent windings' consult
manufacturer'

?
I
i: 2. Gurrent - Reserved
a

*i.i
'k
v

*
'n

a
$
{
E

:;.1
n
a

*Optional

116 ATS- 1999


7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.12 Regulating Apparatus (cont.)


@ 3. Load Tap-Changers
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1' compare.equipment nameprate data w*h


drawings and
specifications.

2. lnspectphysicarandmechanicarcondition.

3. lnspect impact recorder, if applicable.

4' Verify removar of any shipping bracing and


vent prugs.
5. lnspect ail borted erectricar connections
for high resistance
using one of the following methods:

1. use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance


with
Section 7.12.9.2.

2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical


connections by calibrated torque_wrench
(,,KF method in
accordance with manufacturei's pubrisrreJ
Tabte 10.12.
J"t"*
3' Perform thermographic survey in accordance
with
Section g.

6. Verify correct auxiliary device operation.

7. Verify motor and drive train for correct operation


and
automatic motor cut-off at maximum rower
ano m"ximum
raise.

B. Verify correct liquid level in all tanks.

o Perform specific inspections and mechanicaltests


as
recommended by the manufacturer.

10. Verify correct equipment grounding.


E=_:l-_--=-:'.'
f,

PROCEDURES
7. INSPECTION AND TEST

7.12 -'
Regulating APPaftus (cont') $
3. lo"1 raP-cn"ngers (cont')
2. ElectricalTests
throuch all bolted
1. Perform resistance measurements
onmt"tlr, if applicable, in
connections with ro*-r"ririan"u nical
u."ololr,ir;;ith s".ti"r 7.-tz3j (visu al and Mecha
lnsPection)'
in ac cordance with
2. Perform insulation-resistance tests
Section 7'2'

issipation-factor tests in
3. Perform insulation Potwer-factor/d
accordance with Section 7'2'

*4.Performwinding-resistancetestsinaccordancewithSection
7.2.
as recommended by
5. Perform specialtests and adjustments
the manufacturer'
a^^t'.^^1n
6.Performturns-ratiotestinaccordancewithSectionT.2'

T.Removeasampleofinsulatingliquidinaccordancewith
tested for the following:
ASTM D923. rne sampi; ;h"iibe
A STM D877.
1. Dielectric breakdown voltage:

2. Color: ANSI/ASTM D1500'

3' Visualcondition: ASTM D1524'

"Optional
118 ATS-1999

B
B.
Ei: ,* l
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.12 Regulating Apparatus (cont.)


# 3; Load Tap-Ghangers (cont.)

3. Test Values

1. compare borted connection resistance to varues


of simirar
connections.

2. lnsulation-resistance test varues at one minute


shourd not be
less than the varues carculated in accordance
with the formula
in Table 10-5. Resurts shail be temperature
corrected in
accordance with Table 10.14.

3. The polarization index shail be compared


to manufacture/s
factory test resurts. rf manufacturer's data
is not the
acceptance test resutts wiil serve as baserine '
"u"iiubte,
oaia.-
4. Turns ratio test results shourd maintain a normal
deviation
between each vortage step and shoutd
not deviate more
' than
one-half percent from the carcurated vortage
i"iio-
5. winding insutation power factor/dissipation factor
Y"Tiry.r
liquid-filled of
L@ transformers sharibe in accordance with
ufacly re r's specifi cations. Representative
Iindicated
3.n
in Tabte.1,g
tva ues a re

manufacturer's pubtished 3 4tp, "onip"ru *iir., i;J;ilipment


data.

6. consult manufacturer if winding-resistance test resurts


vary
more than one percent from teit resurts of adjace-nt windings.
7. lnsulating liquid test resurts shart be in accordance
with Tabre
10.4.
!r5

:i
PROCEDURES
i
7. INSPECTION AND TEST
::i
7.13 Grounding SYstems
i
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection
::
ji
iil
i9 l.Verifygroundsystemisincompliancewithdrawingsand
speciflcations.
FE
i
+
2. ElectricalTests
''$

.i rl
il 1 3iilT$Jii"i-f,T:Hili?1"'Lx fJ:T:iJH:?"Ji3:tr
with r EEE

2.Performpoint-to-pointtests.to.determinetheresistancebetweenthe
frames'
;;in giolnoing Jvrte*.und ,l major eleclrical equipment
sy;ffi n"uio[ derived neutral points'
N

"nd/ot
t

3. Test Values
3 and ground
.:&
il
1. The resistance between the main Oro.yn{i19:'::ll"O"

R
i:
:F.t1*3ffi S*:i'gn':r;:ip:i:ffi!r.Lii'J'lJi1"1;"'
.{ groundsunr"''.otr'"*.rsespecifieouytheowner.(Reference:
Xr'rsutEeE standard 1 42')
i4
i:
t

2.lnvestigatepoint-to-pointresistancevalueswhichexceed0.5ohm.
!.
i

''
j

:i
$

-J

)l
!l

R
bl
!n
E

E
Ei

a
n
d
E

3
ii *Optional
s
5

120 ATS- 1999


7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.14 Ground-Fault protection Systems


@
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1' compare equipment nameprate data with drawings


and
specifications.

2. visuaily inspecl the components for damage


and errors in porarity or
conductor routing.

1. Verify that ground connection is made


ahead of neutrar
disconnect rink and on the rine sioe oi
sensor.
*y grornd faurt

2. Veriff that neutrar sensors are connected


with correct porarity
on both primary and secondary.

3. veriff that ail phase conductors and the neutrar pass


through
the sensor in the same direction f;r=";;;;;;nce systems.
4. Verify that grounding conductors do
not pass through zero
sequence sensors.

5' Verify that the grounded conductor is


soridry grounded.
3. lnspect all bolted electrical connections
for high resistance using one
of the following methods:

1' Use of row-resistance ohmmeter in accordance


with section
7 .1 4.2 (Electrical Tests).

2. Verify tightness of accessibre borted erectricar


connections by
calibrated torque-wrench method in accorJance
wittr
manufacturer's published data or Table
10.12.
3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance
with section g.
4. verify correct operation of ail functions of the
serftest paner.
5. Verify that the contror power transformer
has adequate capacity for
the system.
5

!'
t. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES
I

+ 7.14 Ground-Fault Protection Systems (cont')


i $
..)

6. Set pickup and time-delay settings in accordance with the settings


provided in the owner's specifications. Record appropriate operation
t:
and test sequences as required by NEC Article 230-95'

2. ElectricalTests
,
I:

tll
1 [T:i'':':HilSiiT;?:'!ii'ii:;flili:fl S:i1'f;:fi::T:ffiJnn'n"
ili' disconnect link after testing.

,3 Z. perform resistance measurements through all bolted connections


ti: with low-resistance ohmmeter, if applicable, in accordance with
Section 7.14.1 (Visual and Mechanical lnspection)'
:
:
*3. perform insulation resistance tests at 1000 volts dc on all control
wiring. For units with solid state components, follow manufacturer's
recommendations.

4. pertorm the following pickup tests using primary injection:

1. Verify that the relay does not operate at 90 percent of the


pickuP setting.

2. verify pickup is less than 125 percent of setting or 1200


amperes, whichever is smaller.

5. For summation type systems utilizing phase and neutral current


F
transformett, ueiify correct polarities by applying current to each
fi
b
phase-neutral current transformer pair. This test also applies to
molded-case breakers utilizing an external neutral current
transformer.
I
E
1. The relay shall operate when current direction is the same
B
tj
relative to polarity marks in the two current transformers.
l_;
*
Z. The relay shall not operate when current direction is opposite
F
tl
';.1
relative to polarity marks in the two current transformers.
,,;)

6. Measure time delay of the relay at 150 percent or greater of pickup'

*Optional

122 ATS - 1999


7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.14 Ground-Fautt protection Systems (cont.)

7 ' Verify reduced r:ill]


rl0jtasg tripping capabirity: 55 percent
for ac
systems and B0 percent rorii,i;t"*r.
g' Verify brocking capabirity of zone interrock
systems.
3. Test Values

1. compare borted connection resistance to


varues of simirar
connections.

2. B.olt-torque revels shourd be in accordance


othenrise specified by manufa"iui"r.
with rabre 1o.12untess

3. Microhm or miilivort drop varues shail


not exceed the high revers o,
the normar range as ind'icateo inine manufacturer,s
lf manufacturer's data is not avairabre, inu"rtig;d;ilpubrished data:
deviate from simirar connections ov varues which
more thanI vv
50 percent
Perr of the
lowest value.

4. system neutral-to-ground insuration resistance


shail be a minimum
of one megohm.

5. c,o..ntlol.ryiring insuration resistance values


shail be in accordance
with Table 10.1.

6. Relay-timing shat be in accordance with


manufacturer,s
specifications but shail not exceed one
second at 3000 amperes.

i'i
I'
s
, t. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES
N

7.15 Rotating Machinery (cont')


tr; 1. Motors (cont') €'
: 1. AC Motors (cont')
s
s
"i.
:.'
3. ElectricalTests - Synchronous Motors
s
l.PerformalltestsasindicatedinSectionT.ls.l.l.2for
' induction motors.
rr ,,t:--a
*2.Performavoltage-droptestonallsalientpoles.

3. Perform insulation-resistance tests on the main rotating


Reto winoing, the exciter-field winding, and the exciter-
armature *Inoing in accordance with ANSI/IEEE
Standard 43-
1
I
+
*4. Perform a high-potentialtest on the excitation system
in
accordance witn ANS|/IEEE Standard 4218'
$
t..
E 5. Measure and record resistance of motor.field winding,
excitei,stator winding, exciter-rotor windings, and field
s discharge resistors.
:i
ti
*6.Performfront-to-backresistancetestsondiodesand
*
,i:
gatingtestsofsiliconcontrolledrectifiersforfield
rn
iPPlication semiconductors'

T.Priortoinitialstart,applyvoltagetotheexcitersupp|y
anJ adjust exciter-fieid current to nameplate value.

B. Verify that the field application timer and the enable


and
timer for the power-faitor relay have been tested
'i set to the motor drive manufacturer's recommended
I
1:
11
-
values.
4

F
;l
#

"Optional
126 ATS _
7. INSPECTIOhI AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.15 Rotating Machinery (cont.)


1. Motors
!cont.)
1. AC Motors (cont.)

"9. Record stator current, stator vortage,


and fierd cu'ent by strip
chart recordgl for the comprete
stabirization time for a normaily 3;gr"otion Jerioa incruding
roadeo ,i"rti,ig condition. From
th e record in g d ete rm n e *r e
i ioil"*i.J T,-,i.i, n,
",]io
1. Bus vottage prior to start.

2. Voltage drop at start.

3. Bus voltage at motor full_load.

4. Locked-rotor current.

5' current after synchronization but before


roading.
6 Current at maximum loading.

'
7 Accereration time to near synchronous
speed.
B. RpM just prior to synchronization.

9. Field application time.

10. Time to reach stable synchronous operation.


*10. Plot a V-curve of stator current versus
excitation current at
approximatery 50 percent road to check
corieci'exciter
operation.
*11. lf the range.of.exciter adjustment and
motor toading permit
reduce excitation to cauie power factor
to raiioeto* irr" trib
value of the power_factor relay. Verify
reiay oplration.

"Optional
'ffi ATS- 1999 127
B
t
*

T 7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.15 Rotating Machinery (cont.)


i 1. Motors (cont.) e
t 1. AC Motors (cont.)
ra
i-l
4. Test Values
Ir

R
1. Compare bolted connection resistance to values of
u
similar connections.
i\

e
2. Bolt-torque levels should be in accordance with Table
)l 10.12 unless otherwise specified by manufacturer.
A

3. Microhm or millivolt drop values shall not exceed the


I
i high levels of the normal range as indicated in the
manufacturer's published data. lf manufacturerls data
:
is not availabte, investigate any values which deviate
from similar connections by more than 50 percent of
the lowest value.

.t
i 4. lnsulation-resistance test results shall be in
accordance with Table 10.1 . lnvestigate dielectric
$
absorption ratios less than 1.4 and polarization index
ratios less than 2.0 for Class B insulation and Class F
f.
$
insulation.
R
f.i
NOTE: Overpotential, and surge comparison tests
t".

#
shall not be made on motors having values
]E
& lower than those indicated above.
;f
'a,;

'i
5. Stator winding dc overpotential test voltage shall be in
.) accordance with NEMA publication MG 1, paragraph
-! 3.01. Test results are dependent on ambient
conditions, and evaluation is on a withstand basis. lf
ti
-_.
phase windings can be separately teste!,.values of
J ieakage current may be compared for similar windings.
\i)
l
6. Vibration amplitudes shall not exceed values shown in
E
Table 10.10.

S,
v[t
3

E\
F]

F
rl
E
*Optional
B
ti*
128 ATS - 1999
'tffii
E
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.15 Rotating Machinery (contl


1. ---",
@ lVtotors (coni.).
1. AC ttrtoiors (cont.)

7 ' sarient pote vortage drop


shat be equar for each pore
NoTE: y.l.j."_o: pote (or pair of potes)
nor vary more"19h shatr
than two peicent rrSrinu
average. An ac test is
more,"nritiu"
dc test in determining sl.,;.tJ.t,lrr]ethan a
with shorted turns wilit por"
a
lower voltage than sound "uu "utrl*ti"ffy
coils. Coit!,aO;acent
to coits with shorted turns
lower voltage.
*iii;;il;stighily
8. The.measured resistance
values of motor-fietd
win d in gs, exc.ite r_s tato,
*in Jin gs, excite r_rotor
wind ings, a n_ef O;O ir.h;rg;
1{
resisto rs shail be
compa red to man ufactu rer'! recommended
varues.

ATS- 1999 12s


nffi--"---
I
!

i 7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.15 Rotating Machinery.(cont') $


.'"j

t'
1. Motors (cont')
2. DG Motors
?
s
ti
t!
1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection
drawings
e 1. Compare equipment nameplate data with
;":
!: and specifications.
.g

-3 2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition'


ill
li

3. Confirm correct application of manufacturer's


'! recommended lubricants.
t
-I
4. lnspect anchorage and grounding'
i
.1
t
lnspect alt bolted electrical c-onnections
for high
5.
3
i".itiun"" using one of the following methods:
t:
i:
&
1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance
with Secti on 7 -15'1'2'2 (Electrical Tests)'
fi
trt

2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical


hr

9 connections by calibrated torque-wrench .


method in accbrdance with manufacturer's
gf:
10'12-
Published data or Table
i
i.

:
3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance
with Section 9.
I

When applicable, perform specialtests


such as air gap
o.
spacing' and Pedestal alignment'
iI
j.- 7. Verify the absence of unu.sual mechan].g'J.ot
electrical
or signs of overheating during initialtest
run'
h
;;#
fi
{;
fr

lt
s
E
)

h
$
s
E

E
l!

I *Optional
t
I
130 ATS - 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.15 Rotating Machinery (cont.)


1. Motors 1coni.)' '
2. DC Motors (cont.)
2. ElectricalTests

1' Perform resistance measurements


through at .borted
connections with low_resistance
ohmmtE;,jf.
app ticab te, in_ accordance
with Secii i^ z'.7. i.i .z.l
(Visual and Mechanical lnsfection).

2' Perform insuration-resistance-tests


on at windings in
accordance with ANSI/IEEE
Standard ;i.'...'".,

1. Motors larger than 200 horsepower:


Test duration shall Oe for ten
minutes. vq,vur(
Catcuta*e
polarization index.

2. Motors 200 horsepower and


less:
Test duration shair be forone
minute. catcutate
the dielectric absorption ratio.

3. Pu.trorT. high-potential test


in accordance with NEMA
publication MG 1, paragraph
3.01.
Perform a vottage-drop test
on allfield poles.

f eform
"5. ins ulation power-fa ctor or d issipation_factor
tests.

6. Measure armature.running cunent


and field current or
vottage. compare to namEpl;i;:"'"

7. Perform vibration baseline


tests.
8. that at protective devices are
Y"r'.ry in accordance with
Section 7.16.

*Optional

lr
{ E-'
E:i

iiil 7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

f'! 7.15 Rotating Machinery (cont')


:i, 1. Motors (cont.) $
2. DG Motors (cont.)
rt
\:
i.i
3. Test Values

g?
! i'l
1. compare bolted connection resistance to values of
l!. similar connections.
It
i:
ia
2. Bolttorque levels should be in accordance with Table
t'i
1.9
lo.l2unlessotherwisespecifiedbymanufacturer.
r:g
i.
3. Microhm or millivolt drop values shall not exceed the
i:
t highlevelsofthenormalrangeasindicatedinthe
manufacturer's published data. lf manufacturer's data
'::l

i
is not available, investigate any values which deviate
fromsimilarconnectionsbymorethan50percentof
the lowest value.

4. lnsulation-resistance test values shall be in accordance


with those listed in Table 10.1. lnvestigate dielectric
absorption ratios less than 1.4 and polarization index
.i ratios less than 2.0 for class B insulation and class F
insulation' @
$
;i

Overpotential, and surge comparison tests


t.
5
NOTE:
B
shall not be made on motors having values
E
sl lower than those indicated above'
w

sy 5. ,overpotentialtest evaluation shall be on a withstand


ll
ti
basis.

te
i
6. Vibration amplitudes shall not exceed values shown in
t-
.fr
Table 10.10.


*Optional

132 ATS - 1999 ffi;


7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.15 Rotating Machinery


(cont.)
Z. Generators
1. AC Generators
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1' nameptate data with drawings


,ttff#ffg1i31:"
2. lnspect physical and mechanical
condition.
3. confirm correct apprication
.---'r of
v"rrq'
manufacturer,s
lubricants.
4. tnspect anchorage and grounding.

5. lnspect all bolted electrical


connections for high
resistance using one of the
following methods:
1. U99 of low_resistance ohmmeter
in accordance
with section 7. 1 s.2. L z
f ii"ttri""i'iJJtlj. ",''
"

2' y"iify tightness of accessibre borted erectricar


connections by calibrated
torq ue-wrench
method in accordance witn
pubtished data or Tabte
manufacture/s
tlo.1Z.
3. Perform thermographic survey
in accordance
with Section g.

6. When applicable, p."folm


''
speciat tests such as air gap
spacing and pedestal atignm;;i.

7. verify the absence of.unusuat


mechanicar or erectricar
noise or signs of overheatidJ;rirg
initial test run.

il

ATS-1999 133

iti
$

T tRocEDURES
F z. tNsPEcTloN AND TEsT F

* 7.15 Rotating Machinery (cont') €


I 2. Generators (cont')
I

1. AC Generators (cont')
a.T

{t
2. ElectricalTests - lnduction Generators

T
l.Performresistancemeasurementsthroughallbolted
i;:
,E connectionswithlow-resistanceohmmeter'if
applicable, in accordan.c.e with Section 7 '15'2'1 '1

B
(Visual and Mechanical lnspection)'
i.l
:,il
with
2. Perform insulation-resistance tests in accordance
F ANSI/IEEE Standard 43'
i
I
1. All generators:
T
tt Record insulation-resistance value at one
minute, test voltage, and winding temperature'
tfl
Ii!
2. Generators rated above 600 volts:
Testdurationshallbeforl0minutes.Calculate
polarization index.
s
*.i

*
3. Generators rated 600 volts and less:
Testdurationshallbeforoneminute.Calculate
the d ielectric-absorption ratio'
.E
il
i
!
*3. Perform dc overpotential tests on generators in
accordance witlr ANSI/IEEE Standard 95'
l

t:

*4. Ferforminsulationpower-factorordissipation-factor
I tests.

! *5. Perform surge comParison tests'


i
j,;
E -
prime
6. Verify operation of overspeed protection on
R
li
i)
mover.
a

(RTD)
7. Verify that resista n ce tempe ratu re d etecto r
: metering.gr
t circuits conform to drawings. Verify that
b
i"f"V O"ui.es using the RiD's have the correct rating.

8. Verify that the generator space heater(s) is functional'


*Optional

134 ATS-1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.15 Rotating lVlachinery (cont.)


2. Generators (tont.) '
1. AC Generaiors (cont.)

9' perform road


test in accordance with manufacturer,s
recommendations.
*10. perform vibration
baseline test.
3. ElectricalTests - synchronous
Generators
NOTE: lf generator is in a h
teits in arso perrorm
i,?tn*?iXt?;ititv,
"".oroun";
1' perform a, tests
as indicate d in 7.15.2.1.2for
generators. induction

*2' perform an ac
vortage-drop test on at sarient
pores.
3' perform insuration-resistance
tests
winding, the exc*,er-neilwinoing, on the main fierd
and the exciter_
wjndins in accordan"J*iurJi'iiureee
P 3t}#ffi
"4' perform a high-potentiartest.on
the
ccordance with N EMn p unhati:o; excitation system in
3
rvG ;,';aragraph

5' Measure a19, *"9r0 resistance


of generator field
wind ing, exciter-stator
wind ing, a n d exciter_rotor
windings.
*6' Perform front-to-back resistance
gating test of siricon controteo tests on diodes and
r""imutJ io]'i"ro
apprication semiconductors. perform,".irt"n"u
any MOV or surge suppression
devicer.-
-*, test on
*7
' simulate the following transient
conditions to verifi7
generator operation ii
accoroance with manufacturer,s
specifications. Load to be
maximum utt"inlOf", up to
full load.

1. Drop out of generator under


load.

Reconnection of generator
with load.

ATS- 1999 13s


"E
ii
lt. INSPECTION AND TEST
PROCEDURES

'e ("91r)
7.15 Rotating Machinery(cont')
i €'
ii
,t; 2. Generators
1. AC Generators (cont')
R
back to
3. Transfer load to utility power system and
F
fl
tij
,$
generator.
,T
Ii
f: 4.Generatoroutputvoltagedeviationfromnoload
t.'5fercentioadandleturn,and60percentto
100 Percent and return'
T
lt

4. Test Values
,\.
i
values of
1. Compare bolted connection resistance to
similar connections'
I
j with Table
2. Bolt-torque levels should be in accordance
ro.riuiiess otherwise specified by the manufacturer.
i tl -- -
1:,
*
3.Microhmormillivoltdropvaluesshall.notexceedthe
in the
tighl"u"tt of the notrnil range as indicated
t
g
1i
,"";;;;i;rer'i published da{a. lf manufacturer's data
s f#iil?,i?15,[::*r|i #;1ffi Hl5:'3#l;1i @
I the lowest value'
E
&

lnsulation-resistance test results shall


be in
4.
with values listed in Table 10.1. lnvestigate
Oi"i"ciric absorption ratios less thanl .4
"""1il"n"e and
les.s than 2'0 for class B
;;l;"':#;inol* '"tio9
insulation and Class F insulation'
tests
NOTE: Overpotential and surge comparison
tn"tt'not be made on generators having
than
intui"ii"n-iesistance test values lower
R
those indicated above'

shall be'in
5. Stator winding 9t gLqPotential test v,oltage
'il
t'iitn ruruA publication MG 1' paragraph
E ".lotO"nt"
3.0i. Test results are dependent on ambientbasis. lf
and evaluatioh is on a withstand
"onJitionr, values of
phase windings can be separately.tested'
reakage may be compared for similar windings.
"u,,"it

*Optional

136 ATS-1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.15 RoktingMachinery (cont.)


@ 2. Generators (cont) '
1. AC Generators (cont.)

6' sarielj pore vortage dropshat be equar for


each pote.
rnvestigate varueJ that differ ov morl
*ian ten percent.
7. The.measured resistance varues of generator-fierd
wind ing, excite r_stator wi nd
in g, Exciter_rotor
windings shall be compared t6'manufacture/s
"nd
recommended values.

ATS - 1999
.t
I
rs

-
i t. INSPECTIOhi AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.15 Rotating Machinery (cont')


v
ii 2. Generators (cont.) c,
.t,
2. DG Generators
?

4
i, 1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

ts l.Compareequipmentnameplatedatawithdrawings
;i and sPecifications.
id

-.s
i
2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition'
il
3.Confirmcorrectapplicationofmanufacturer's
't
lubricants'
i.
i!

4. lnspect anchorage and grounding'


Ii
.t 5.lnspectallboltedelectricalconnectionsforhigh
resistance using one of the following methods:

J
i

1 ffi 3::.H?;i1n:,"i#?i:;t::tj:'ance
electrical €
$
lj
2. Verify ti.ghtness of accessible bolted
x conn-ections by calibrated torq ue-wrench
!;i
dl
method in accordance with manufacturer's
b
Published data or Table 10'12'
R
Li
H
#
3. survev in accordance
iiilT[li"Jmosraphic
*
t-
Er 6.Whenapplicable,performspecialtestssuchasairgap
sPacing and Pedestal alignment'
:?

j 7. Verify the absence of unusual mechanical or electrical


noiseorsignsofoverheatingduringinitialtestrun'
!
il
I
t
r
B. lnspect brushes and brush rigging'

I
a

F
ii
f
g

E
:l
i
E

"Optional
t
a 138 ATS-1999
s
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.15 Rotating Machinery (cont.)


2. Generators [cont.)
2. DC Generaiors (cont.)
2. Electr,icalTests

L perform. resistance
measurements through a, borted
connections with low_resistance
ofrmmEer, if
applicable, in accordance with Secti
on ' .
(Visual and Mechanical tnspectffiv" 7.15.2.2.1

2. perform insuration-resistance
tests on a[ windings in
accordance with ANSI/IEEf StanOarO
+i.
1. Allgenerators:
Record insutation-resistance value
of armatur_
and fields at 1 minute, test uoli"gl,
and windr,,g
temperature.

2. Generator armatures rarger than


150 ..clffila-tL
kirowatts:
Test duration shau be foi ro ,inriJ..
polarization index.
ib 3' Generator annatures rated 150
kirowatts and
less:
Test duration shatt be for 1 minute.
thedielectric-absorptionratio. - Calcutate

"3' perform overpotentiar


test in accordance with NEMA
publication MG 1, paragraph
3.01.
*4. Perform an ac voltage-drop test
on allfield poles.
5' Measure armature running current
and fierd current or
voltage. Compare to nameplate.
*6. perform vibration
baseline test.
$

-1

lz. INSPECTION AND TEST PROGEDURES

I 7.15 Rotating Machinery (cont')


t 2. Generators (cont') $.
k

2. DC Generators (cont')
3
.t
I 3. Test Values

T) 1. compare bolted connection resistance to values of


!:
.1,
i. similar connections.

'Ti 2. Bolt-torque levels should be in accordance with Table


10.12 unless otherwise specified by the manufacturer.

3. Microhm or millivolt drop values shall not exceed the


high levels of the normal range as indicated in the
mlnufacturer's published data. lf manufacturer's data
I is not available, investigate any values which deviate
from similar connection! by more than 50 percent of
i.
,!

the lowest value.


\
lnsulation-resistance test results shall comply with
!,
E 4.
values listed in Table 10.1. lnvestigate dielectric
B
t: absorption ratios less than 1.4 and polarization index
s' ratios'less than 2.0 for class B insulation and class F
insulation. €
*
I
NOTE: Overpotentialtests shall not be made on
generators having insulation-resistance test
values lower than those indicated above'

5. overpotentialtest evaluation shall be on a withstand


basis.

j-f

F
tl
$

A
{
g

I
,

*Optional

140 ATS-1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.16 Motor Control


1. Motor Starters
1. Low-Voltage
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1- compare equipment nameprate data with drawings


and specifications.

2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition.

3. lnspect and adjust contact gap, wipe, alignment, and


pressure in accordance with manufacturer's published
data.
*4.
Motor-Running Protection

1. Qompare overload element rating with motor


full-load current rating to verify correct sizing.

2. lf power-factor correction capacitors are


connected on the load side of the overload
protection, include the effect of the capacitive
0 reactance in determining appropriate overload
element size.

3. lf motor-running protection is provided by fuses,


veriff correct rating considering motor
characteristics and power-factor correction
capacitors.

5. lnspect all bolted electricalconnections for high


resistance using one of the foilowing methodJ:

1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance


with Section 7.16.1.1.2 (Electrical Tests).

2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electricat


connections by calibrated torque_wrench
method in accordance with manufacturer's
published data or Table 10.12.

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance


with Section g.

ATS - 1999

rl.
t,
-1

t:
I
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.16 Motor Control (cont')


? 1. Motor Starters (cont') $
L
1. Low-Voltage (cont.)
-$
$
ir
2. ElectricalTests

1. lnsulation Tests
T
t !;,

1 ff'fjJTffiL1fiff: #'i'ffi:[:':Bl:3'sh
arr

T
l.:
:r
ohmmeter, if applicable, in accordance with
Section 7 .16.L 1.1 (Visual and Mechanical
t lnspection).
I
,L
2. Measure insulation resistance of each
i
combination starter, phase-to-phase and phase-
b
il
to-ground, with the starter contacts closed and
the protective device open. Test voltage shall
; be in accordance with Table 10.1. Referto
t:
{4
manufacturer's instructions for devices with
solid-state comPonents.
I
h
*, "3. Measure insulation resistance of each control
circuit-to-ground. €
a
{
i
s "4. Perform an insulation resistance test at 1000
volts dc on all control wiring. For units with solid-
t' state components, follow manufacturer's
i
recommendations.

I
L

2.Testthemotoroverloadrelayelementsbyinjecting
primary current through the overload circuit and
monitoring trip time of the overload element'
'i
j..
NOTE: Test times for thermal trip units will, in
s
general, be longer than manufacturer's Gurve
B
cl if single-pole testing is performed. Optionally
test with all poles in series for time test and
w

E each pote separately for comparison. (Refer


il!l
g to ANSI/NEMA ICS 2, Part 4.)

*
i 3. Test circuit breakers, including motor circuit protectors,
4
E
in accordance with Section 7 .6.1.1'

4. Perform operationaltestsbyinitiating controldevices.

*Optional

142 ATS - 1999


7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.16 Motor Control (cont)


1. Motor Starters (cont.)
1. Low-Voltage (cont.)
3. Test Values

1. compare bolted connection resistance to varues of


similar connections.

2. Bolt-torque levets should be in accordance with


Table
10.12 unless otherwise specified by manufacturer.

3. Microhm or millivort drop varues shail not exceed the


high levels of the normal range as indicated in the
manufacture/s published data. lf manufacturer's data
is not available, investigate any varues which deviate
from similar connections by more than 50 p"r."nioi
the lowest value.

4. lnsulation-resistance values shall be in accordance


with Table 10.1.

t tr
controlwiring insuration test resistance shourd be a
minimum of two megohms.

6. Overload trip times shall be in accordance with


manufacturer's published data.
g
t
D

r.R 7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES


i

7.16 Motor Gontrol (cont.)


G 1. Motor Starters (cont.) $
-::

ii
j' 2. Medium-Voltage
T
i)
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection
)'
a,

s
1. Compare equipment nameplate information with
i drawings and specifications.
't
t

9fi
2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition.
L
t
h
3. Confirm correct application of manufacturer's
$
recommended lubricants.
li
i
]
4. lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high
-:
resistance using one of the following methods:
I

1. Use of tow-resistance ohmmeter in accordance


with Section 7 .16.1 .2.2 (Electrical Tests).

2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted etectricat


connections by calibrated torque-wrench
method in accordance with manufacturer's
published data or Table 10.12. @

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance


with Section 9.

5. Test all electrical and mechanical interlock systems for


correct operation and sequencing.

o. lnspect insulators for evidence of damage or


contaminated surfaces.

7. Verify correct barrier and shutter installation and


operation.

8. Exercise all active components and confirm correct


operation of all indicating devices.

@
"Optional
144 ATS*1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.16 Motor Control (cont.)


1. Motor Starters (cont.)
Z. Mediur,n_Voltage (cont.)

9. lnspect contactors

1. Verify mechanical operation.

2. lnspect and adjust contact gap,


wipe, alignment,
and pressure in accordancJ
published data.
*iirr r"nufacturer,s

10. compare overroad protection


n"r"!]3J" velfy correct rating with motor
!o. SLiaOjustaote or
a cco"i=".-
rd n s i; il;,;'ote
5:?r# Tn1!f i
ctiue
.ffiv;",t
2. ElectricalTests

1' perform- resistance


measurements through a, borted
connections with low-resista
n"" or,mmliLr, ir
0 2'
fti,3lil??'ftfr:ff3;fl,T*9,?"xlii;n;"ta t zt
perform. ratio
and porarity tests on at current and
vortage transformers in
accordance *itr,.6""ti on7.10.
*3' Perform sy.stem function
tests at 1000 volts dc on
contror wiring. For un its
with so'o-#i"';;ponents,
follow man ufacturer,s recommendations.

4. perform^controlwiring
performance test. Use the
erementary.d iag rams-to identify
and protective device. verir/
;;;ilr;te control
of each control feature.
siti.i,;"i"rv i"rfo rma n ce

5' Test control power transformers


in accordance with
Section 7.1.2.11.

6' perform insuration-resistance


tests on contactor,
phase{o-g ro u nd, p nase-to-ptrase,
contacts for one minute in
an o;;;;.,
the open
accordan"" *itn rable 10.1.

ATS- 1999 145


?
INSPEGTION AND TEST PROCEDURES
.l:

i 7.
5 7.16 Motor Gontrol (cont') $
Motor Starters (cont')
i
t 1.
2. Medium-Voltage (cont')
e
l.
*7. Perform an overpotential test' in accordance
with
has no
*.
*;;;i;;trrer's pubtished data. lf manufacturer
,";;;;oatioir for this test, it shall be in accordance
:,
{; with Table 10'11'
&

?
g.
v' perform vacuum bottle integrity test (overpotential), if
i ,ppiir"or", across each vacuum bottle with the
contactsintheopenpositioninstrictaccordancewith
t
exceed maxi m u m
i:
t
l:
ffiHx":T;n"'l*'*?il: B:iot
ii
9' Perform contact resistance tests'
I

l0.Measureblowoutcoilcircuitresistance.
';
)
t
.8
11' Measure resistance of power fuses'

l2.Energizecontactorusingan.auxiliarySource.Adjust
where
to minimize operating vibration
"it"iui" @
aPPlicable'

13' Test motor overload relay elements OV'inlegjtlg-''^-'-'


ori*rw current through. overload circuit and monttonng
iriP time of the overload element'

N orE: j'Hili!,1{l'ili.:
;fi:l[xx:"JiE;11fl "^Y"
itsingre-fot"t"-'tingisperformed.optionally
i.J ilinllr potes ii seiies for time test and
each pole separately for comparison'

primary.
14. Test ground-fault protection by injecting

"""itthrough'"ntot'Confiimpickupleveland
timing.
rer avi n s
ll x1 ttES lJ *i;ffi?::Ti[E::,i#gctive

16' Verify operation of cubicle space heater'

"Optional
146 ATS-1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.16 Motor Control (cont.)


1. Motor Starters (cont.)
2. Medium-Voltage (cont.)
3. Test Values

1. Compare bolted connection resistance


to values of
similar connections.

2.
9glllqrqye varues shourd be in accordance with rabre
1AJ2 unless otherwise specified by manufacturer.

3. Microhm or miilivo* drop varues shail


not exceed the-
high levers of the normar range as'indicated
in ih"
manufactu.rer's pubrished data. rf manufactri"rt
is not availabre, investigate any varues
o"t"
which deviate
from similar connectionl oy *oru than
5o percent of
the lowest value.

4. lnsulation-resistance values for bus, control


wiring, and
control power transformers shail be in
accororn"E'*iin
manufacturer's pubtished data. ln the
absence of
qlnufScLurer's published data, use Table 10.1. Va|r.,
of insulation resistance less than this table
or
manufacturer's minimum shall be investigated.
overpotentiartests shail not proceed unti-r insuration-
resistance revers are raised above minimum
uatu"r.
5. The insulation shail withstand the overpotentiartest
voltage applied.

6. Resistance vatues should not deviate by


more than 15
percent between identical fuses.

7. Overload trip times shall be in accordance


with
manufacturer's published data.
i--
$
0

i:

i 7. INSPEGTION AND TEST PROCEDURES


i

i:r 7.16 Motor Control (conL)


j!
i 2. Motor Control Genters $
1. Low-Voltage
3
I
I l.RefertoSectionT.l,switchgearandSwitchboard
Assemblies, for appropriate inspections and tests of the
motor
T control center bus.
!,
2.RefertoSectionT.S.l.l,Low.VoltageSwitches,for
B
i:
a[piopriate inspections and tests of the motor control center
t switches.

3. Refer to section 7.6.1,Low-Voltage circuit Breakers, for


appropriate inspections and tests of the motor control center
circuit breakers.
i
4. Refer to section 7.16.1, Low-Voltag-e.Motor Starters, for
il

p
appropriate inspections and tests of the motor control center
r starters.
b

s 2. Medium-Voltage
l.,l
"t
"e

1. Refer to Section 7.1, Switchgear and Switchboard


motor
*;\ nssemUlies, for appropriate inspections and tests of the
tl,
control center bus.
I

2. Refer to section 7.5.1.2, Medium-v-oltage Air switches, for


a[propriate inspections and tests of the motor control center
ii

I
switches.

Refer to section 7.6.2, Medium-Voltage circuit Breakers,


for
3.
appiopriate inspections and tests of the motor control center
'1
j;
circuit breakers.
I
4. Refer to section 7.16.2, Medium-Voltage Motor starters, for
;il
!l
afpropriate inspections and tests of the motor control center
6t starters.

:'j
"E

R
ii
E

F
r1 €
I
*Optional
*
4
s
! 148 ATS-1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.17 Adjustable Speed Drive Systems

1. Visual and Mechanicat lnspection

1' compare equipment nameprate data


with drawings and
specifications.

2. lnspectphysicalandmechanicalcondition.

3. Ensure vent path openings are free


from debris and that heat
transfer surfaces are notlouleo nV
oii, ir.t, oirt.
",.
4. Motor Running protection

1. compare drive overcurrent setpoints


with motor fu[_road
.q'-,L,c,Lr
curent rating to verify correct deuints.--

2. rf drive is used to operate murtipre


motors, compare individuar
overroad erement ratings with
motor rrt-roJ;;;;?#;".
3' Appry minimum and maximum speed
setpoints. confirm
setpoints are within rimitations tn.
motor. "i
r"riil;il"to'il: .

5' lnspect all bolted electrical connections


rv for high resistance
Of the fOllOWing methOdS: 'vr rrrvrr leDrDrcrrrue using
uslng (one

1- use of tow-resistance ohmmeter in


7.12.2 (Erectricar rests).
vq',w with
accordance section r
vvru r \)riurer
:

2' Verify tightness of accessible bolted


electrical connections by
caribrated torque-wrench methoJ
i, with
manufacturer's published data or ";;;ance
fubf" iO.f Z.
3' perform thermographic
survey in accordance w*h section g.
l

)
1
i7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES
!)

7.17 Adjustable Speed Drive Systems (cont')


I $
i
2. ElectricalTests

l
i: 1. Perform resistance measurements through all bolted connections
, *ih io*-r"ri"t"n"r ohmmeter, if applicable, in.accordance with
section7.17.1(VisualandMechanicallnspection).
primary current
2. Test the motor overload relay elements by injecting
time of the overload
tfuorgf, the overload circuit ind monitoring trip
element.

i NOTE:Testtimesforthermaltripunitswill,ingeneral,belonger
than the manufacturer's curve if single-pole testing is
poles in series for time
ferformed. Optionally test with all
-i
I iest and eactr pole separately for comparison (Refer to
'r
'i,

"!
ANSI/NEMA ICS 2, Part 4.)
published
*li
3.
v' Perform startup of drive in accordance with manufacturer's
;;i;. c;librate drive to the system's minimum and maximum speed
iil
rj

control signals.
*
li
D
g
4. Perform operationaltests by initiating control devices.

t:
I
!:
il
1. check motor rotation operating on the drive and on the
l bypass.

I
2. Slowly vary drive speed between minimum and maximum'
Observe motor and bad for unusual vibration. lf excessive
L

vinration occurs enter these critical frequencies into the


drive's programmed step-over frequencies so operation at
1

'
I

these speeds will not occur.

Verify operation of drive from remote starUstop and speed


tu
I
t-.- 3.
!
control signals.
and
4. Measure and record total harmonic distortion of current
voltage in accordance with IEEE 1159-1995'

5. Test input circuit breaker by primary injection in accordance


with Section 7.6.

*Optional

150 ATS-1999 'ffi


7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.17 Adjustable Speed Drive systems (cont.)

6. Test for the foilowing parameters in accordance


with reray
ca.libration p roced u res ouilined in sectiln g -p
relays:
7. rt"rtiu"

lnput phase loss protection (7.e.3.10)

lnput overvoltage protection (7.e.3.16)

Output phase rotation (7.e.3.10)

, Overtemperature protection (7.e.3.11)

DC overvoltage protection (7.e.3.16)

Overfrequency protection (7.e.3.22)

Drive overload protection


1 V.9.3.14 or7.6.1.1)
Fault alarm outputs (7.9.3 orT.9.4)
3. Test Values

1. overload test trip times at 300 percent of overload


element rating
shan be in accordance with manufactur"/;
curve.
p;Lil;;li.;;ffi;r
2. Harmonic r1afrys of common coupling shail be in
^"J.["_qg,ltStg.
accordance with ANSlnefe

3' when criticaltest points are specified, the relay shall


be catibrated to
specified criticat points even though
-s'- --' teJ'points
rvrlrle may
rrrqy ws
be rJut
out Iof
tolgrance- "ih"i
4. Bolltorque levels shall be in accordance with rable 1o.12unless
othenrvise specified by the manufacturer.

)
F.
N
s
v

:q

i7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES


t
7.18 Direct-Current SYstems
s
I 1. Batteries $,

B
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection
i
f 1. All CellTYPes
F
il
I
1. Compare equipment nameplate with drawings and
sPecifications'
T
i
t
2. lnspect physical and mechanicalcondition'

1 3. lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high


.;
I
resistance using one of the following methods:

3p. 1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance


j with SectionT .18.1.2 (Electrical Tests).

E
tj
ll
2.Verifytightnessofaccessibleboltedelectrical
'i connections by calibrated.torque-wrench
method in accordance with manufacture/s
s
h published data or Table 10-12.
IJ
'4

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance


fi
:.
with Section 9.
r.

4. Verify adequacy of battery support racks or cabinets,


lf mounting, anchorage, and clearances.

5. lnspect for evidence of corrosion at terminals,


connections, racks or cabinet.

o. Ver'fy correct application of manufacturer's approved


inhibitiirg grease on contact surface areas of
"orr&ion
all cell-to-cell and terminal connections including
a connection hardware.
i:
g

7. Verify ventilation of battery room or enclosure.


q
I!
I 8. Verify existence of suitable eyewash equipment.


*Optional

152 ATS - 1999


7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.18 Direct-Gurrent Systems (cont.)


1. Batteries (cont.)

2. Vented Lead-Acid Cells

1. Veriff correct electrolyte levels of each cell.

2. Measure erectroryte specific gravity


!r'r q'rv
and temperature of
allcells.

3' Verify presence and conect inbtatation of flame


arresters.

3. Nickel Cadmium Cells

1. Verify correct electrolyte levels of each cell.

2. Measure electrolyte temperature.

3. Verify presence and correct instailation of flame


arresters on vented cells.

4. Valve Regulated lead Acid (VRLA) Cells

1. Check for excessive jarlcover distortion.

2. Measure temperature of the negative terminar


of each
cell.

2. Electrical Tests - All Cell Types

1. Perform resistance measurements through


ail borted
connections with low-resistance ohmmetii if
appricabre, in
accordance with section 7.18.1.1 (Visual and
Mechanical
lnspection).

2. Set charger float and equalizing voltage levels.

3. Measure each ceil vortage and totar battery vortage


with
charger energized and in float mode of operatio;:

4. Measure intercell/jar connection resistance.

*5.
Perform cell impedance test.

r:1.^" :..,..': - ..' .."-.---a--.---:-

'I
.1
!
i t. INSPEGTION AND TEST PROCEDURES
t
7.18 Direct-Gurrent Systems (cont')
1. Batteries (cont') $'
1

6. Measure ac ripple voltage and current imposed on the battery


,i
^R
(VRLA onlY).
:.
1.

7. Perform a capacity load test in accordance with


manufacturei's specifications and ANSI/IEEE standards-
tl
it

3 ANSI/IEEE Std 450-1994. Reco mmended Practice for


Maintenance, Testing and Replacement of Large Lead
ia
tl

!
Storage Batteies foi Generating Stations and Subsfafions.

)
i
ANSI/IEEE Std 1106-1995. Recommended Practice for
Maintenance, Testing and Replacement of Nickel-cadmium
'$
i Sforage Batteries foi Generating Stations and Subsfafions.
!
3

ANSI/|EEE Std 1188-1996. Recommended Practice for


g ul ate d
B
I M ai nten a n ce, T e stin g, an d Re p t ace m e nt of V alve -Re
i
s Lead-Acid(VRLA)BatteiesforStationaryApplications.
F
rt
h,
i:i
3. Test Values
*
1. compare bolted connection resistance to values of similar
sci
i:
4
connections.
a

2. Bolt-torque levels should be in accordance with Table 10.12


unless otherwise specified by manufacturer'

3. Microhm or millivolt drop values shall not exceed the high


levels of the normal range as indicated in the manufacturer's
published data. lf manuiacture/s data is not available,
.l inu".tig"t" any values which deviate from similar connections
i-
i by moie than 50 percent of the lowest value'
v

4. specific gravity shall be in accordance with manufacturer's


recommended values.

5. Temperature differential between cells shoul{not be. greater


than'3"C (5.F) for lead acid cells and 5"c (9"F) for nickel
cadmium cells.

Temperature of the negative terminal of VRLA cells should


not be greater than 3'C (5'F) above ambient in a free
standing condition. €
*Optional

154 ATS-1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.18 Direct-Current Systems (cont.)


1. Batteries (cont.)
7. Electrolyte revel shall be at the manufacturer,s recommended
reference point for vented read acid ceils and at the
rrign revJ
mark for nickel cadmium cells.

8. cell voltage shall be in accordance with manufacture/s


published data.

9. Battery terminal float and equalize voltage


shail be within the
manufacturer's recommended operatingir"nt" for
the ceil
type.

10. lnterceil connection resistance shall be within the


manufacturer's allowabte vatues for the cell type
and
application. lntercell/jar resistance should noi vary
by more
than ten percent or five microhms, whichevei
i, gi"r1";;;;"r-
the average for each type of connection
ri intercer,
intertier, interrack). ".,
11' Consult the-battery manufacturer for cell internal
ohmic values
in excess of 20 percent from the average. -'

12. capacity load tests of new installation may be less than


rated
capacity when derivered. Unress 100 percent
ca;;"ty upon
delivery is_specified for tead acid ceils, initi"i";fi;iilcan
be
as low as g0 percent of rated capacity. C"p""ity
increases in the first severar years uniir rateJ .Jpr"itv
"rr'.llyi,
reached.

13. AC ripple voltage and current imposed on VRLA


batteries
shall be within acceptabte limits ior the uattery ev
the battery manufacturer. r as v'v\
spl.in"o u,

ATS - 1999
il
ii
I

"$

i7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES


t

7.18 Direct-Gurrent Systems (cont')


*
:.
i
I
2. Battery Chargers $:

il
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection
I
1. Compare equipment nameplate with drawings and
]i specifications.
I
2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition'
t
3.
I
lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high resistance
lf
r

using one of the following methods:


ii
.t 1. use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance with
Section 7- 18 -2.2 (Electrical Tests)'

2 yffl::i?l,l:ff :i'ilffi;'if'?:ij;1"?ffi1,o0,"
:!
I

ti accordance with manufacturer's published data or


I
b Table 10.12.
s
'r&
3.Performthermographicsurveyinaccordancewith
q
Section 9.
ix
!,1
2. ElectricalTests

1. Perform resistance measurements through all bolted


connections with lowresistance ohmmeter, if applicable, in
accordance with section 7.18.2.1(Visual and Mechanical
lnspection).

2. Verify correct ac inPut voltage.


I
i;

verify charger output voltage regulation from no toad to full


l-
d 3.
load.
s
t:
B 4. Verify output voltage range in both float and equalize modes.

F
!t
fr 5. Measure ac input current with charger at full rated load'
&

6. Measure the current limit output of the charger.


-l-
:J

7. Measure charger ac ripple voltage and current.

*Optional

156 ATS- 1999


7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.18 Direct-Current Systems (cont.)


2. Battery Chargers (cont.i
8- verlfv temperature compensation function of charger,
if
applicable.

9. Verify charger instrumentation and alarms.

10. set the float and equalized voltages in accordance with


battery
manufacturer's published data.

3. Test Values

1. output voltage regulation shall be within charger specification.

2. output voltage range shail be within charger specification.

3. AC input curre-nt with charger at full rated load shall be within


charger specification.

4. current limit output and voltage shail be within charger


specification.

5. AC ripple vortage and current shail be within charger


specification and acceptable limits of the battery as specified
by the battery manufacturer.
-:
6. Temperature compensation function of the charger shail
be
within specification of the charger and battery.

3. Rectifiers - Reserved

D
i
:9
!

i t. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES


I
7.1g Surge Arresters
'*
:, 1. Low-Voltage Surge Protection Devices $]
i
1. Visual and Mechani€l lnspection
i:

*
I
1. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and
sPecifications.
3
il
il
2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition'
3
t
I
i1
3. lnspect for correct mounting and adequate clearances.

3 4. lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high resistance


j i using one of the following methods.

i 1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance with


j_ :
Section 7 .19.1.2 (Electrical Tests).

I
il
2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical
t
h
:::i:rifs,lnf illlf i"1,1,",'J,v,";iffi ffi:ffi :?:il"
i( Table 10.12.
{.
$

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance with


ii
a
Section 9.
iii

5. Verify that the ground lead on each device is individually


attached to a ground bus or ground electrode.
3
t;

I
2. ElectricalTests
:

i
1. Perform resistance measurements through all bolted .
l connections with low-resistance ohmmeter, if applicable, in
I

J
accordance with section 7.19.1.1 (Visual and Mechanical
lnsPection).
F

2.
i1
t Performinsulation-resistancetests.usemanufacturer's
{
recommended values or Table 10.1.
$
t.
,g
3. Test grounding connection in accordance with Section 7.13-

158 ATS - 1999


7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.19 Surge Arresters (cont.)


1. Low-VoltageSurge_protectionDevices(cont.)

3. Test Values

1. compare borted connection resistance to vatues


of simirar
connections.

2. Bolt-torque revers shourd be in accordance


with Tabre 10.12
unless othenrvise specified by manufacturer.

3. Microhm or miilivolt drop varues shail not


exceed the high
levels of the normar range as indicated
in the manufacturer,s
published data. rf manuflcturer's
data is not
investigate any vatues which oeviaie from "u"iiunrc*,
simirar connections
by more than S0 percent of the lowest
vatue.
4. lnsulation-resistance varues shourd be
in accordance with
Table 10.1.

5. Resistance between.the arrester ground


terminar and the
ground system should be less tna-n
O.S ohm.
*
$r
4

?7 INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES


ri
L

7.20 Capacitors and Reactors


i 1. GaPacitors $
li

*:i
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection
n
* 1. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and
sPecifications'
?
::1

t 2. tnspect physical and mechanical condition.


?
i 3. lnspect capacitors for correct mounting and required
clearances.

I:i 4. Verify that capacitors are electrically connected in their


specifi ed confi gu ration.

';
t 5. tnspect all bolted electrical connections for high resistance
using one of the following methods:
T'I
t:
,4, 1. use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance with
Section 7 .20.1.2 (Electrical Tests).
s
$:

2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical


connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in
accordance with manufacturer's published data or
q
'il
ily4
Table 10.12.
j
3. survev in accordance with
j
I
!:f;JTJ:ermosraphic
I

I
2. ElectricalTests

:!
l
1. Perform resistance measurements through all bolted
g
ii connections with low-resistance ohmmeter, if applicable, in
accordance with section 7.20.1.1 (Visual and Mechanical
tj
lnspection).
tr
i)
u
2. Perform insulation-resistance tests from terminal(s) to case
a
,;!
for one minute on capacitors with more than one bushing.
g Test voltage and minimum resistance shall be in accordance
with manufacturer's published data or Table 10.1-
R
T
z
a 3. Measure the capacitance of all terrninal combinations.

ti
$
4. Measure resistance of internal discharge resistors-
I
*Optional
n
ii

H
162 ATS-1999
"c
ilj

Tz. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.20 Capacitors and Reactors (cont.)


E
3. Reactors (Shunt & Gurrent Limiting) $
i 1. Dry-TYPe
+
:'l
t 1. Visual and Mechanical lnspections
t

* 1. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings


"t
::l
and specifications.
E

k 2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition.


N.
!
,l

3. Verify removal of any shipping bracing, brackets, or


)i fixtures, after final placement.
:'
I

4. lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high


t resistance using one of the following methods:
:i:
,1

1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance


with Secti on 7 .20.3.1.2 (Electrical Tests).
{l

$
2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical
connections by calibrated torque-wrench
i3 method in accordance with manufacturer's
published data or Table 10.12- s
:i
'i
_!
3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance
'I
with Section 9.

Verify that all frame and enclosure grounds are correct.


i

5.

Verify that tap connections are as specified, if


l

i 6.
l
applicable.
'!
I
I

s
ll
I
I
3


*Optional

164 ATS-1999 ',ffi


7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.20 Capacitors and Reactors (cont.)


3. Reactors (Shunt & Gurrent Limiting) (cont.)
1. Dry-Type (cont.)
2. Electrical Tests

1. Perform resistance measurernents through all bolted


connections with low_resistance ohmmeter, if
applicable, in accordance with Section I .20.3.1.1
(Visual and Mechanical lnspection).

2. Performwinding-to-ground insulation-resistancetests
in accordance with Table 10.1.

3. Measure winding resistance.

"4. Perform overpotentiartests on each winding-to-grour

3. Test Values

1. compare borted connection resistance to varues of


similar connections.

2. Bolttorque levels should be in accordance with rable


10.12 unless otherwise specified by manufacturer.

3. lnsulation-resistance shourd be in accordance with


Table 10.1.

4. lf winding-resistance test results vary more than one


percent from factory tests, consult the manufacturer.

5. AC overpotentialtest shall not exceed 75 percent of


factory test voltage for one minute duration. DC
overpotentialtest shall not exceed 100 percent of the
factory RMS test vottage for one minute duration. The
insulation shall withstand the overpotential test voltaje
applied.
i
B

7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.20 Capacitorsand Reactors (cont')


3. Reactors (Shunt & Current Limiting) (cont') $
2. LiquidlFilled

1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings


and sPecifications.

2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition'

3. lnspect impact recorder prior to unloading' if


applicable.

4. Verify removal of any shipping bracing after final


placement.

5. Verifo settings and operation of all temperature


devices, if aPPlicable.

6. fans and pumps operate. correctly


Verify that cooling-purp
and ihat fan and motors have correct overcurrent
Protection, if aPPlicable' @

7. Verify operation of all alarm, control' and trip circuits


tio*i",iip"i"turu and level indicators, pressure relief
J"ui"", and fault pressure relay, if applicable'

S.lnspectallboltedelectricalconnectionsforhigh
resistance using one of the following methods:

1. Use of low-resistanc-e ohmmeter in accordance


with Section 7'20'3'2'2(Electrical Tests)'
i--
-!

2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical


tr
,r t'tL.t-ions by cal ib rated to rq u e-wre fl ch
& method in accbrdance with manufacturer's
"on
Published data or Table
10'12'
s
$:

u
3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance
with Section 9'
s.
L
g
g.Verifycorrectliquidlevelinalltanksandbushings.
e
:l
(
J
s

$
I
"Optional
166 ATS-.1999 'ffi
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.20 Gapacitorsand Reactors (cont.)


3. Reactors (Shunt & Current Limiting) (cont.)
2. Liquid-Fiiled (cont.)
10. Verifi7 that positive pressure is maintained on nitrogen-
blanketed reactors.

11. Perform specific inspections and mechanicaltests as


recommended by manufacturer.

12. Verify correct equipment grounding.

13. Verrfy that tap connections are as specified, if


applicable.

2. ElectricalTests

1. Perform resistance measurements through alt bolted -


connections with low-resistance ohmmeier, if
applicable, in accordance with Section T .20.3.2.1
(Visual and Mechanical tnspection).

2. Perform winding-to-ground, in accordance with rable


10.5.

3. Calculate polarization index.

4. Pe rfo rm i n s u atio n powe r-fa cto r/d iss p ati o n-facto r tests
I i

on winding in accordance with the test equipment


manufacturer's published data.

5. Perform powe r-facto r/d issipatio n-factor or h of coltar


watts-loss tests on bushings in accordance with the
test equipment manufacturer's published data.

o. Measure winding resistance.

7. Measure the percentage of oxygen in the nitrogen gas


blanket, if applicable.
INSPEGTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.20 Gapacitors and Reactors (cont.)


3. Reactors (Shunt & Current Limiting)- (cont.)
2. Liquid-Fiiled (cont ) -

8. Remove a sample of insulating liquid in accordance


with ASTM D-923. Sample shall be tested for the
following:

1. Dielectric breakdown voltage: ASTM D-\TZ


and/orASTM D-1816.

2. Acid neutralization number: ASTM D-IT .

*3. Specific gravity: ASTM D-1298.

4. lnterfacial tension: ASTM D-gT1or ASTM D-


2285.

Color: ASTM D-1500.

-\\>\\\\\\\\\\h\\is-r\\:'sH.
\c-----.----\ G
--!.s---- '

:--:-::-:+!..-:=--_.___-: ji j1i++-,:'---i--_--
_<-5-:<:-:
, ; )rtEsEJtr:B B BgpDE t )R rBZ /rtbzz;;;;
o. -yJ]_:jg-batE
rnsufaung ftqufct tesf resurfs shail be
in accordance with
Table 10.4.

9. Eva luate res


u lts of d iss_o tved-gas_analys
is in
accordance with IEEE Stand#d
isl.,iOq. Use results
as baseline for future tests.
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.20 Capacitors and Reactors (cont.)


3. Reactors (Shunt & Current Limiting) (cont.)
Z. Liquid_Filled (cont.) --v, r-
2. Test Values

1. Bort-torque revets shourd be


in accordance with Tabre
1 0.1 2 un less otherwise
specifi eJOV rl" rer.
"f"ctu
2' rnsuration-resistance test varues
shoutd not
than varues carcurateo in accoiJ";;;;i; be ress
in Tabre 10.5. Resurts sr,aiioe the formura
bd;#ure
in accordance with Table 10.14,.'.'r-'-rs corrected

3. The porarization index shat


be greater than
shall be recorded for future ---- 1.0 and
refeience.
4' Maximum power factor/dissipation
factor of riquid_fired
reactors shat be in accordance
pubrished data. rn the
*itn r""rfacturer,s
absence of manufacturer,s data,
compare to test e.quipment
manufactuilrG puofished
data' Representative varues are
indicated in Tabre
10.3.

5. lnvestigate bushing power factor/dissipation


capacitances that vary from nameplate;;ir""factor and
than ten percent. lnvestigatu
*rTrrhing hot collarilrlr"
watts-loss results that ex:ceeO
inL test equipment
manufacturer,s published data-

6. Consult man ufacturer if wind


ing_resistance
measurements vary more than
one percent from
factory tests.

7. lnvestigate presence of oxygen in


the nitrogen gas
blanket.

B. lnsulating liquid test resurts sha,


be in accordance with
Table 10.4.

o Eva luate resu lts of d iss_o tved_gas_analys


is in
accordance with IEEE Standa-rd
CSl.lOq. Use results
as baseline for future tests.
7. TNSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.21 Outdoor Bus Structures


1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1. Compare bus arrangement with drawings and specifications.

2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition.

3. lnspect all bolted electricat connections for high resistance using one
of the following methods:

1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance with Section


7 .21.2 (Electrical Tests).

2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by


calibrated torque-wrench method in accordance with
manufaoturer's published data or Table 10.12.

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance with Section 9.

2. Electrical Tests

1. Perform resistance measurements through all bolted connections


with low-resistance ohmmeter, if applicable, in accordance with
Section 7.21.1 (Msual and Mechanical lnspection).

*2. Measure insulation resistance of each bus, phase-to-ground with


other phases grounded.

3. Perform overpotentialtest on each bus phase, phase-to-ground with


other phases grounded. Potential application shall be for one minute.

i 4. Measure resistance of bus section joints with low-resistance


_9
I ohmmeter.

q
I.
t!

R
x
t

R
&
FJ
w

F (
E

"Optional
I
170 ATS- 1999
7- INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.21 Outdoor Bus Structures (cont.)


3. Test Values

1. compare bolted connection resistance to values of similar


connections.

2. Bolttorque levels shourd be in accordance with rable 10.12unless


otherwise specified by manufacturer.

3. Microhm or millivolt drop values shall not exceed the high


levels of
the normal range as indicated in the manufactureis-published
data.
lf manufacture/s data is not availabte, investi!"b ;"y values
which
deviate from simirar connections by more ttrai so peicent
of the
lowest value.

4. lnsulation-resistance tests shourd be in accordance


with rabre 1t
5. compare measured bus.,connector joint resistance to an
length of bus and to similar connections.
equat ,

b. overpotentialtest vortage shail be in accordance with ,

m.gngfacturer's published data or Table 10.1L Td


insulation shail
withstand the overpotential test vottage applied.
$
$

T'
'i:
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.22 Emergency Systems


?
t
:j
1. Engine Generator
t
NOTE: The prime mover is not addressed in these specifications.
t
i:
'"8

1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

T 1. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and


specifications.

2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition.

3. lnspect correct anchorage and grounding.

2. Electrical and MechanicalTests

1. Perform an insutation-resistance test on generator winding


with respect to ground in accordance with ANSI/IEEE
Standard 43.

2. Calculate polarization index.

3. Test protective relay devices in accordance with Sectio.n 7.9.



4. Perform phase-rotation test to determine compatibility with
load requirements.

5. Functionally test engine shutdown for low oil pressure,


overtemperature, overspeed, and other features as
applicable.

b. Perform vibration baseline test. Plot amplitude versus


frequency for each main bearing cap.

7. Conduct performance test in accordance with ANSI/NFPA


Standard 110, Section 5-13 (lnstallation Acceptance).

B. Verify correct functioning of governor and regulator.

4
*Optional

172 ATS-1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.22 Emergency Systems (cont.)


1. Engine Generaior (cint.)
3. Test Vatues

1- porarization
index varues shat be in accordance
ANS!/|EEE Standard 43. with

2- Vibration.re.vers shail be in accordance


published data. 'vv with
I'rrrr r.]€rrrur.luturers
manufacturer,s

3. performance_tests
shail conform to manufacturer,s pubrished
data and ANSI/NFPA Standard -
1ib.
-

173
i
!

j 7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES


:j

7.22 EmergencY SYstems (cont.)


3 2. Uninterruptible Power SYstems

1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection


::
::
E 1. Compare equipment nameplate information with drawings
and specifications.
5
1:i

;i
! 2. lnspect physical, and mechanical condition.
iF.
T
it
3. Check for correct anchorage, required area clearances, and
t alignment.
l
4. Verify that fuse sizes and types correspond to drawings.
t

t-. 5. Test all electrical and mechanical interlock systems for correct
I
,i operation and sequencing.

?
!
6. lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high resistance
{:
I using one of the following methods:

fl
it
1. Use of tow-resistance ohmmeter in accordance with
$ Section 7 .22.2.2 (Electrical Tests).
$
I
I 2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical
E connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in
accordance with manufacturer's published data or
Table 10.12.

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance with


Section 9.

7. Check operation of forced ventilation.

B. Verify that filters are in place and/or vents are clear.

4
*Optional

174 ATS- 1999


7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.22 Emergency Systems (cont.)


2. Uninterruptible power Systems (cont,)
2. ElectricalTests

1- perform resistance
measurements through ail borted
connections with row-resistance ohmme6r,
if appricabre, in
accordance with section 7 .22.2.1 (visuar
ano trrtecn;;i.;i'
lnspection).

2. Test static transfer from inverter to bypass and


back. Use
normal load, if possible.

3. Set free-running frequency of oscillator.

4. Test dc undervortage trip rever on inverter


input breaker. vv
according to manufacturer,s published data.--- -!ysr\v" set

5. Test alarm circuits.

6. Verify sync indicators for static switch and bypass


switches.
7. Perform electricartests for ups system breakers
in
accordance with Section 7.6.1.

8. Perform electricaltests for Ups system automatic


transfer
switches in accordance with Section 7.22.3.

9. Perform electricartests for Ups system batteries


in
accordance with Section 7.19.

10. Perform electricaltests for UpS rotating machinery


in
accordance with Section 2.15.
i, t. rNspEcrloN AND TEST PRo.EDURES

: 7.22 EmergencY SYstems (cont') $


i2...-."U;';terruptiblgPowerSystems(cont.)
3. Test Values

l.Compareboltedconnectionresistancetovaluesofsimilar
connections'
accordan ce with Table 10'12
2. Bolt-torque levels should be in
unrutt dGrwise specified by manufacturer'

3.Microhmormillivoltdropvaluesshallnotexceedthehigh
tevets of the normat r*[;;; in the manufacturer's
inoicateo
punGn"odata.rtmanuiacturer'Sdataisnotavailable' ns
i nvestig ate any
deviate f rom si mi lar conneclio
ue;;i;h
-val
UV moi" than 60 percent
of the lowest value'

{76 ATS-1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.22 Emergency Systems (cont.)


3. Automatic Transfer Switches

1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and


specifications.

2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition.

3. Confirm correct application of manufacturer's recommended


lubricants.

4. Verify that manual transfer warnings are attached and visible.

5. Verify tightness of all control connections.

6. lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high resistance


using one of the following methods:

1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance with


Section 7 .22.3.2 (Electrical Tests).

o 2. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical


connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in
accordance with manufacturer's published data or
Table 10.12.

3. Perform thermographic survey in accordance with


Section 9.

7. Perform manual transfer operation.

8. Verify positive mechanical interlocking between normal and


alternate sources.

2. ElectricalTests

1. Perform a contact-resistance test.

2. Perform resistance measurements through all bolted


connections with tow-resistance ohmmeter, if applicabte, in
accordance with Section 7.22.3.1(Visual and Mechanical
lnspection).

ATS - 1 999
$
!

_7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES


I
t 7.22 Emergency Systems (cont.)
3. Automatic Transfer Switches (cont.)
: €)
I'
3. Perform insulation-resistance on each pole, phase-to-phase
and phase-to-ground with switch closed and across each
l open pole for one minute. Perform tests in both source
L
positions. Test voltage shall be in accordance with
manufacture/s published data orTable 10.1.
"i
ii
4. Calculate polarization index.
?
ll
; 5. Verify settings and operation of control devices.
5

I o. Calibrate and set all relays and timers in accordance with


Section 7.9.

7. Perform automatic transfer tests:

1. Simulate loss of normal power.

2. Return to normal power.

3. Simulate loss of emergency power.

4. Simulate all forms of single-phase conditions.

B. Verify correct operation and timing of the following functions:

1. Normal source voltage-sensing relays.

2. Engine start sequence.

3. Time delay upon transfer.

4. Alternate source voltage-sensing relays.

5. Automatic transfer operation.

b_ lnterlocks and limit switch function.

7. Time delay and retransfer upon normal power


restoration.

8. Engine cooldown and shutdown feature.

*Optional

178 ATS - 1999


7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.22 Emergency Systems (cont.)


3. Automatic Transfer iwitches (cont.)

3. Test Values

1' Compare bolted connection resistance


to vatues of similar
connections.

2. Bolt-torque revers shourd be in accordance


with rabre 10.12
unless otherwise specified by manufacturer.

3' Minimum insulation-resistance shall be


in accordance with
manufacture/s published data or Table 10.1.

4- Microhm or miilivott drop vatues shail not exceed


the high
revers of the normat range as indicated
in the manufacturer,s
pubrished data. rf manuflcturers oaials
not avairabre,
investigate any-values which deviate from -
similar connections
by more than 50 percent of the lowest value.

7,23 Telemetry/pitot Wire/Scada _ Reserved

4
5
n
is

T7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES


"il

t
7.24 Automatic Gircuit Reclosers and Line Sectionalizers
*:!: 1. Automatic Gircuit Reclosers, Oil/Vacuum €)
i
N

"t
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection
ii
f
lt 1. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and
specifications.
s
ii
:l
I
2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition'
3
?

t
3. lnspect anchorage, alignment, and grounding'

I
4. perform all mechanical operation and contact alignment tests
ir onboththerecloseranditsoperatingmechanismin
accordance with manufacturer's published data'
.t

'i,
ti
i 5. lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high resistance
using one of the following methods:
-}.

a
i 1. Use of low-resistance ohmmeter in accordance with
Section 7 .24 -1.2 (Electrical Tests)'
q,
11

*;
& 2.Verifytightnessof.accessibleboltedelectrical6ii),
wa'
by calibrated torque-wrench method in
& "onn-ect'rns
accordalgewithmanufacturer'spublisheddataor
i Table 10.12.

3.Performthermographicsurveyinaccordancewith
Section 9.

6. lnspect for correct insulating liquid level'

ElectricalTests

1. Perform resistance measurements through all bolted


connections with low-resistance ohmmeter, if applicable, in
accordance with section 7.24.1.1 (Visual and Mechanical
lnspection).

2. Perform a contact resistance test.

@
*Optional

180 ATS - 1999


7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.24 Automatic circuitRecrosers_and Line sectionarizers (cont.)


1- Automatic circuit Recrosers, oirru;;;um (cont.)

3. Remove a sample insulating liquid, if


applicable, in
accordance with ASTM ogig. bampre;i..';il-b"
tested in
accordance with the referenced standard.

1. Dielectric breakdown voltage: ASTM DilTT.

2. Cotor: ANSUASTM D1S0O.

3. Visual condition: ASTM D1524.

4. Test ail protective functions in accordance


with section 7.g.
5. Test ail metering and instrumentation
in accordance with
Section 2.11.

6. Perform vacuum botile integrity test (overpotentiar)


across
each vacuum botfle with thi-bi""t"iin
nE-op"n position in
strict accordance with manufacturer's instructionJ
exceed maximum vortage stipurated tor D; ;;;'
itris test, provide
adeguate ba'iers and pr6tection againsioi"oi"tion
) this test. Do not perform this test ,nr"r.
during
in" lontact
displacement of each interrupter is within
,"nur"l-tur"r"
tolerance. Be aware that some oc high-potentiartest
sets are
half-wave rectified and mayproducipubk
uort"ges in excess
ot the breaker manufactur6rt *"o*;il;i,iximum.
7. Perform overpotentiar test on.each pore-to-ground
-- o-' and pore_
to-pole with recloser in closed position.
*8. Perform insulation-resistance test on all
controrwiring at 1000
votts dc. For units with sorid-state com,;;ni;
foilow
manufacturer,s recommendations.
*9. Performoverailpower-factor/dissipation-factortest.
*10. Perform power-factor/dissipation-factor
test on each bushing
equipped with power-factoi taps. use hot-coilar
method if taps
are not available.

*11' Test all current and/or vortage transformers


in accordance with
Section 7.10.
E
*
!l

-1

INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES


lrl

i1 7.

T.24AutomaticcircuitReclosersandLinesectionalizers(cont.)
(cont') Q)
1. eutom"irc Circuit Reclosers' Oil/Vacuum
t
ll
j:

3
3. Test Values
i,
f.

l.Compareboltedconnectionresistancetovaluesofsimilar
n\ connections'
b
2.Bolt-torquelevelsshouldbeinaccordancewithTablelo.l2
unt"si othenruise specified by manufacturer'

3.Microhmormillivoltdropvaluesshallnotexceedthehigh
in the manufacturer's
levels of the normal r*b" ". indicated
not available'
punfitneO data' lf manuiacture.r's.data ]1
from similar connections
investigate any valuer *t'ri"r'r deviate
nV tot"" than 5O percent of the
lowest value'

iin accordance with


4. Overpotential test voltages shall be
10'15'
tii
I m"nut""turer's publisheO data or Table
E
be in accordance with Table
s 5. tnsulating liquid test results shall
"i:l
;si

be a minimum of
#
@
6. :t":;r",wiring insuration resistance shourd
F

l'
two megohms.

Dissi pation-factor/power-facto
test results and tank loss
r
l 7. published data'
index should not exceed the manufacture/s the
iffi; ot-manutacturer's published data'
;;;#"n"niun""
shall be made to similar reclosers'

capacitance test' results


B. Dissipation-factor/power-faclor and
rating for bushings'
T
i
should be within i.iripur""nt of namepiate
il- shall be within
9. Test values for protective functions
:.,1 manufacturer's recommend ations'
t,
&

il
!1
I
3

$
ri
I

tI
A

*Optional
I
g
182 ATS - 1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.24 Automatic Gircuit Reclosers and Line sectionalizers (cont.)


2. ----
Automatic Line Sectionali."r",Oii

1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection

1. comp_are_equipment nameptate data with drawings


and
specifications.

2. lnspect physical and mechanical condition.

3. lnspect anchorage, alignment, and grounding.

4' Perform allmechanical operation and contact alignment


tests
on both the sectionalizer and its operating mechJnism in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

5' lnspect all bolted electrical connections for high resistance


using one of the following methods:

1. use of row-resistance ohmmeter in accordance with


Section 7 .24.2.2 (Electrical Tests).

2. Verify tightness of accessibre borted erectricar


connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in
accordance with manufacturer's published data or
Table 10.12.

3. perform thermographic
survey in accordance with
Section 9.

6. lnspect for correct insulating liquid level.

:!ii''
'

{:
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.24 Automatic Gircuit Recl-osersand Line sectionalizers (cont')


{
2. Automatic Line Sectionalizers' Oil (cont')
2. ElectricalTests
bolted.
1. Perform resistance measurements through ?ll
ohmmeter, if applicable,
,
:
in
connections with low-resistance
a."o'o-"*"wittrsection7.24.2.1(VisualandMechanical
lnsPection).

2. Perform a contact resistance test'

3.Removeasampleinsulatingliquid.inaccordancewithASTM
Dg23.Sampleshallbetestedforthefollowing:

1. Dielectric breakdown voltage: ASTM D877 '

2. Color: ANSI/ASTM D1500'

3. Visual condition: ASTM D1524'

4.Performanoverpotentialtestoneachpole-to-groundand
Pole-to-Pole. @

*5. Perform an insulation-resistance test on all control.wiring


at
rooo vorG 0". For units with solid-state components, follow
manufactu rer's recommendations'

6.Testsectionalizercountingfunctionblapplicationof
simulatedfaultcurrent(greaterthanl60percentof
continuous current rating)'
positions'
7. Test sectionalizer lockout function for all counting

B. Test for reset timing on trip actuator'

*9. Perform overall power-factor/dissipation-factor test'

*10. Perform power-factor/dissipation-factor test on each bushing


if taps
equipped with power-factoi taps. use hot-collar method
are not available'

184 ATS-1999
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.24 Automatic circuitRecrosers and Linesectionarizers (cont.)


2. Automatic Line Sectionalizerc, Oil (cont.)

3. Test Values

1. compare bolted connection resistance to values of


similar
connections.

2. Bolt-torque levers shourd be in accordance with


rabre 10.12
unless otherwise specified by manufacturer.

3. Microhm or millivort drop varues shail not exceed


the high
levels of the normal range as indicated in the manufacturer,s
published data. lf manufacturefs data is not avairabre,
investigate anyvalues which deviate from similar connections
by more than 50 percent of the lowest value.

4. overpotentialtest voltages shall be in accordance with


manufacturer's published data or Table 10.16.

5. lnsulating liquid test results shail be in accordance with


rable
10.4.

6. con[olwiring insulation resistance should be in accordance


with Table 10.4.

7. D issipation-factor/powe r-facto r test resu tts and ta n k loss


index shall not exceed the manufacturer,s published
the absence of manufacturer's publi.f."O Olii t-he-- -
data. ln
comparison shall be made to similar line sectionalizers.

8. Test values for protective functions shail be within


man ufactu rer's recom mendations.

ATS - 1999

I
i
1]
7. INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.25 Fiber-OPtic Gables


{':
1. lnsPection
Mecnanlcal lnspecrlorr
al and Mechanical
Visual

1. compare.cable, connector, and splice data with drawings and


sPecifications'

damage'
Z. lnspect cable and connections for physical and mechanical

3. Verify that atl connectors and splices are correctly installed.

2. ElectricalTests

1. perform cable length measurement, fiber fracture inspection, and


construction defeJt inspection using an opticaltime domain
reflectometer'

ctor and solice intt


2.Performconnectorandspliceintegritytestusingan roPtical time
. domain reflectometer'

3; perform cable attenuation loss measurement with an optical power


loss test set.

4. perform connector and splice attenuation loss measurement from


set'
both ends of the optical cable with an optical power loss test

3. Test Values
for
1. The opticaltime domain reflectometer signal should be analyzed
by viewing the
excessive connection, splice, or cable backscatter
reflected Power/distance graPh'
Losses
Z. Attenuation loss measurement shall be expressed in dB/km.
no local
shall be within the manufacturer's recommendations when
site specifications are available.

7.26 Electrostatic/Electromagnetic Field Testing' Reserved

7.27 SPecial SYstems - Reserved

*Optional

186 ATS - 1999


8. SYSTEM FUNCTION TESTS

8.1 General

1' Perform system function tests upon completion


of equipment tests as
defined.in section 7. lt is the puipose of system
tun"iion tests to prove the
correct interaction of all sensing,'processing, ano
action' jevic"s.'

2. lmplementation

1' D:u-uloP test parameters for the. purpose


of evaluating performance
of all integrar components and their tunctioning
within design requirements. unit
"J".o*prete
Perform these tests. l

2' )/erify the correct operation of all interlock safety devices for
rv'q',-o,
fail-safr
functions in addition to design function.
3- Y".rirv the correct operation of ail sensing devices, ararms, and
indicating devices.

it
!
I
i
4

9. THERMOGRAPHIC SURVEY
'i.
$i
L
9.1 Visual and Mechanical lnsPection
F

i
t
l.lnspectphysical,electrical,andmechanicalcondition.
utilize
2. Remove all necessary covers prior to thermographicinspectigl'
h

:"
'" liililbii"ie caution, safety devices, and personal protective
equiPment.
*
current-carrying devices'
Equipment to be inspected shall include all
+
l:.
I 9.2

T 9.3 Provide report including the following:


?.

:
1. Description of equipment to be tested'
i
I

2. DiscrePanctes.
and the reference
3. Temperature difference between the area of concern
i
area.
I
a 4. Probable cause of temperature difference'
t
@
areas and/or
ii 5. Areas inspected. ldentify inaccessible and/or unobservable
equipment.
u

s
FI
6. ldentify load conditions at time of inspection'
E

*7. provide photographs and/or thermograms of the deficient area'


s
f.
il
E B. Recommended action.

l+
i!
i-

i.

i
;l
&

ii
;
s

F
lr

&

i
i
E

F
"Optional
N

F
188 ATS- 1999
9. THERMOGRAPHIC SURVEY

9.4 Test parameters

1 ilif#,'i'ii'.f#','ffi1'i;ff#:: g?9fr,i#jr"nt capabre or derecting a

2 emitted radiation and converr


5:;:lTgHhalldetect detected radiation to

3' Thermographic survev::lorjg be p^erformed


d-uring periods
possible toading but not,tess
th{t d0 ;;rgent of ratJci roalot of maximum
the erectricar
cted. Rere r i" A r.r's ur.r FFA t0a:i66+,
fi : il5,ff ?l Srlm;:e s rro n I'e- ib
"
9.5 Test Values

suggested actions based on temperature


rise can be found in Table
10.1g.

1999 189
TABLE 1O'1

lnsulation Resistance Tests


Electrical APParatus and SYstems

Recommended Minimum
Minimum Test Voltage, dc lnsulation Resistance
Maximum Rating of in Megohrns
F-..!-*anl in Vnlfc in Volts
YurH.
500 25
250
1,000 100
600
2,500 1,000
5,000
2,500 2,000
8,000
2,500 5,000
15,000
5,000 20,000
?5 000

15,000 100,000
35,000
15.000 100,000
46,000
@
15,000 100,000
69,000

with insulation-resistance tests, the NETA standards Review


ln the absence of consensus standards dealing
bfun"il tuggests the above representative values'

See Table 10.14 for temperature correction


factors'

the conductor being tested, the.temperature of the insulating


Actualtest results are dependent on the length of
timJof the test' ln addition, insulation resistance
material, and the humidity of the surrou.noind-environ."nt"tn" information obtained during
tests are performed to a trending p-attern and a deviation from the baseline
"Jt"nriin
the evaluation of the insulation for confined use'
naintenance testing
"*nting

R
i1

F
tii
s

s
H

F
B.
E

G
lxl
g ATS - 1999
TABLE 10.2

Switch gear Withstand Test Voltages

Low-Voltage Power Circuit .254t.5A8t.635


Breaker Switchgear 1.6 2.3

4.76 14
Metal-Clad Switchgear 8.25 27
150 27 27
270 45
38.0 60
Station-Type Cubicle 37
Switchgear 38.0 60
72.5 120
4.76 14
20
8.25 1S
Metal Enclosed lnterrupter 27
15.0 27
Switchgear 37
15.5 37 52
25.8 45
38.0 60

Derived from ANSI/IE-EE c37'20'1-1993, Paragraph


5'5, sfanda rd for Metat-Enclosed Low-vottage power
Breaker switchgear,,c3T'20'2-1ssa, Faiasr"pi
s.s, sii*iiiinrlultii-ciialiii{taun-rype cubicte circuit-
SliffJ,ir,'$ffii[J}r'"'fffi::T3*5!, sra;d; ;'i;;ffi;;'E,,;id t;;;;;p:;i's*n"i,i""i,""Jl,I[0";
switchsear

The column headed "DC withstand" is given as.a


reference. only forthose using dc tests
connected cable installations without diiconnecting to verify the integrity of
tne cabte; iiom
be appropriate and approximately equivatent to tnJcorresp;;;g tne switcng-eai. iiiuprurents varues berieved to
for voltage rating of switchgear' rn" pt""un"e powgr frequency withstand test values specifiecr
of this no w3v. impries any requirement for a
test on ac equipment or thit a dc withstand test "olrrin'in dc withstand _
rupr"."r'tr un:acceptible'utt"rnut'iu" to the low-frequency
withstand tests specifled in this specification,
gilfer roi J"rign ;rts,.production tests, conformance tests,
makins dc tests, the'voltase shoulo ne raisioli'inJ't"rt'uaru" or field
:?tJ";Hl,T in Jii"i"i" steps and herd for a period of

'Because of the variable voltage distribution encountered


should be contacted for recom-menaaiions when making dc withstand tests, the
oetor" manufacturer
"pptyingl"-*iinrt"ni t"rtrl" il" Vortage
5il"i:HH;"ffii,"'lyfl",X**m:li*:l,il:[n:,ruil:"i#Hi'l''v,Ere
"*it"ng""r.csi isrigg s (.EEE

L.

t:
l'i
I]
TABLE 10.3

Recommended Dissipation Factor/Power Factor {:i


of Liquid-Filled Transformers, Regulators, and Reactors

0.5o/o
New Power Transformers and Reactors

1.OYo
New Distribution Transformers and Regulators

1.0%
Remanufactured Power Transformers and Reactors

1.5%
hemanufactured Distribution Transformers and Regulators

transformer dissipation factor/power factor values, the NETA


ln the absence of consensus standards dealing with
representative values.
StunOuiOr Review Council suggests the above
ie
ci
i
&

B
*jj
&

$
t;
..&

B
fi
il
a

R
s
L
ti
6

s
!':
j'i

B
v
#
g

F1
u
gi 6
I

g
H

E
TABLE 10.4
Test Limits for New rnsurating oir
Received in New Equipment

kV minimum
Test

Dielectric breakdowh,

uletectric breakdown,
kV minimum @ 0.04" gap
I nsrna Method

D877

D1816
m
Mineral Oill

30
Above 69 kV
through 230 kV

30
345 kV Class
and Above

3n

utetectric breakdown, 20 30 30
kV minimum @ 0.08" gap D1816
tllreffactat tension 40 48 60
MN/rn minimum D971
Neutralization numb6r, 35 35 40
mg KOH/g ryaximum D974
Water content, ppm 0.03 0.03 0.03
maximum D'1533 25 2A
Power factor al2S"C, o/o
10
D924 0.15 0.10 0.05
Powerfactorat 100"C, % D924 1.50 1.00
Color 0.30
D1500 10 1.0 0.5
Visualcondition D1524

ffi
Bright & Ctear Bright & Clear Bright & Clear

Test Limits for siricone tnsurating


Liquid in New Transformers

Test
ASTM Methorl
Dielectric breakdown, kV minimum ___,Acqeptable, Values
D877
Visual 30
D2129 clear, free of
Water content, ppm maximum
D1533
Dissipation factor, % max. 50
25.C @ D924
Viscosity, cSt @ 25.C 0.1
D445
Fire point, "C, minimum 47.5 - 52 5
D92
Neutrarization nur*a 340
mg KOH/g max.
D974
0.01
(Gurde rorAcceptance orsiticone
-
tl"n'"?o?11;j,t;:t?"ti:1ees) tnsutating Fruid and ,,

'ffi ATS - 1999 193


Table 10.4 (cont')

Hydrocarbon lnsulating Liquid $


Typical Values for Less-Flammable
Received in New EquiPment

?o
D1816
34.5 kV Class ano setow
D1816 25
Above 34.5 kV Glass
Dielectric breakdown' 30
D1816
kV minimum 0.04" gaP Desirable
D1816 40
34.5 kV Class and Below
n{R{6 50
Ahove 34.5 kV Class
Dielectric breakdown' 60
D1816
kV minimum 0'08" gap Desirable
DB77 30
Dielectric breaKoown' Kv Clear
D1524
Visual 25
D15338
y'ater content' 0.1
np?4
Dissipation factor, ?o maxlmull @ f9i- D924 1.0

D92 300
Fire Point, ("C) minimum D92 270-294
Flash Point ("C) I Yplcar 0.03
D974 or D664
D971 38

ffia tension, mNtry rninimt

in
Less Ftammabte Hydrocarbon Fluid
(R19g5) (Guide for Acceptance and Maintenanceof
1EEEC57.121_1gBB
Transformerg,Table 2'
TABLE 10.5

Transformer Insulation_Res istance


Acceptance Test Vottage and Minimum
Resurts

Transformer Winding Rated Voltage


Minimum DG Test Voltage

Recommended Minimum Transformer lnsulation


Resistance Resutts:
ln the absence of consensus standards for minimum
acceptable
resistance' the NETA standards Review counciire.o_I..ndnJ; transformer insulation
Although the origin of this formula is not identified, th;;;f the folowing formura.
NiTA ,".ognizes its wide use in the
electrical testing industry.

GE
lR:r/kVA

=
lR Minimum recommended one minute insuration
rrrvsrerrvrr resistance
rsorotcrrluE'
Q = COnStant
f= Phase-to-phase voltage for delta connected windings;
connected windings. 'v-' phase{o-neutral
t'r'sev-rv-l voltage for star
kVA = Rated kVA of traniformer

Values of C @ 2}"Cfor 60 Hz transformers

Oil-filled C = 1.5
Dry-type C = 30

0
:
)
TABLE 10.6

Medium-Voltage Cables €

Maximum Field Acceptance Test Voltages (kV, dc)

5KV 1 00% 25
5kv 133% 25
Elastomeric:
IOOYo 55
Butyl and Oil Base
-----15kV
ffinv f33% 65
lOgYo BO
25 KV
CKV 1 00% 25
5kv 133% 25
Elastomeric: EPR
BAV f00% 35
BKV 133% 45
t 55
i 15 kV 1OO"/o
J
15 kV 133% 65
..] -------z5kv 1 00% 80
25kV T33% 100
zgkv 1 00% 85
35 kV 1 00% 100
5kv 1 00% 25
5kv 133% 25
8kv 1 00% 3b
Polyethylene
akv 1 33% 45
T'KV TO0% 55
T5 KV 733% 65
25 kV 1 00% 80
25 kV 133% 100
t
e
t1 35 KV 1 00% fo0
H

by factoring the applicable lcEA/NEMA Standards'


erived from ANS|/IEEE Standard 141-1993 Table 12-9 and
E
:J
!3
g
cables based upon insulation
NOTE: AEIC CSs and cS6, and ANSI/|EEE Standard 400 do not differentiate
thickness and, consequently, list differing test voltages'

limits for pqtheads and terminators specified in


lnsure that the maximum test voltage does not exceed the voltage
IEEE Std. 48 (IEEE Stanaara Test-procedures and Re q.yyyr^ " for High-voltage
ac.cable Terminations) or for
motded rubber terminutions ipecified in IEEE Std. 386 (IEEE Standard ior
separable Insutated connector systems
published data.
for Power Distribution sysfenrs Above 600v), or manufacturer's

196
'"-ffi
ATS - 1999
TABLE 10.7

Molded-Gase Circuit Breakers


lnverse Time Trip Test

(At 300% of Rated continuous Gurrent of


Gircuit Breaker:)

Maximum Trip Time in Seconds


Range of Rated Gontinuous For Each Maximum Frame Ratingl
Gurrent Amperes
<Z5UV 251-600v
0-30 50 70
31-50 BO
100
51-100 140 160
101-150 200 250
151-225 230 275

t 226400

401-600
300 350

450
601-800
500
801-1000
600
1001 - 1200 70a
1201-1600
775
1601-2000
800
2001-2500
850
2501-5000
900
6000
1000
Derived from Table 5-3, NEMA Standard
AB 4_1996.
t
Trip times mav be substantially longer
for integrally-fused circuit breakers if tested
links (shorting bars). with the fuses replaced by solid

i' l

i,
TABLE 10.8

nstantaneous Tri P Tolelllnces


I
$
for Field Testing of Circuit Breakers

ffi ofManufacturers
Published TriP Range

Tolerance of Settin
+4A%
Adjustable
-30o/o

-Reproduction of Table 5-4 from NEMA publication AB4-1996'


published trip
instantaneous trips,.torerances appry to the manufacturer's
For circuit breakers with nonadjustabre
-30 percent on lowside'
range, i.e.; +40 p"r""ni'on-rtLliiio"'


TABLE 10.9

lnstrument Transformer Dietectric Tests


Acceptance

BIL Applied Potential Tests


Nominal System (kV) (kv) Field Test Vottage (kV)
ac dcl
0.6 10 3 4
1.'l 30 7.5 10
2.4 45 11.2 15
4.8 60 14.2 19
8.32 75 19.5 26
13.8
13.8
95 25.5 u
110 25.5 34
25 125 30 40
25 150 37.5 50
34.5 150 37.5 50
34.5 200 52.5 70
46 250 71.2 N/A
69 3s0 105 N/A
115 450 138 N/A
115 550 172 N/A
138 550 172 N/A
138 650 206 N/A
161 650 206 N/A
161 750 243 N/A
230 900 296 N/A
230 1050 345 N/A
345 1300 431 N/A
500 1675 562 N/A
500 1800 600 N/A
765 2050 690 N/A
lerive-d from Paragraph 8.8.2 and rable 2 of ANSI/IEEE c57.13-1gg3 (sfanda rd Requirements for Instrument
Transformers).
1
DC potentialtests are not recommended for transformers rated
higher than 200 kv BlL. DC tests may prove
beneficial as a reference for future testing. ln such cases tne
Y'rvv'v"evv
test oiiect vottage srrqrr
snait rrvt
not s^.-vtiu
exceed the original factory
trrtr ullgrrrdr
tgst RMS alternating voltages,

tl
ll
1l
TABLE 10.10
€'

Maximum Allowable Vibration Amplitude

Speed - RPM Amplitude - lnches Peak to Peak

3000 and above


1500 - 2999
1000 - 1499
999 and below
Sections 20.53, 21'54,22'54,23'52' and 24'50'
Derived from NEMA publication MG 1-1993,


Tabte 10.11
overpotential rest voltages for
Electrical Apparatus other
than tnductive Equipment

Nominal -
System (Line) lnsulation Maximum
AC Factory Maximum
Vottage{ (kW Class Field Apptied
Test (kV) Field Apptier
A(} Taef lLrn
1.2 1.2
uv r est IKV
10
6.0 8.5
2.4 2.5 15
9.0 12.7
4.8 5.0 19
11.4 16.1
8.3 8.7 26 15.6
22.1
14.4 15.0 34
20.4 2B.B
18.0 18.0 40 24.0 -33.9
25.O 25.0 50
30.0 4)t
34.5 35.0 70 42.0 59.4
46.0 46.0 95 57.O -
80.6
69.0 69.0 140 84.O 118.8

of consensus standards, the


*,T""":ot"nce NETA standards Review council
suggests the above representative
1
lntermediate vortage ratings are praced !

in the next higher insuration 'i


crass.

'ffi ATS- 1999 201

.l

rj i-.,
'.',.,'.-ii
5L-------
e
B

- TABLE 10.12
$
US Standard
Bolt Torques for Bus Gonnections
Plated
Heat-Treated Steel 'Cadmium or Zinc

SAE 5 SAE 7 SAE 8


Grade
SAE 1&2

Head Marking
C O s s
133K 150K
hlinimum Tenstte (r.D.1., 64K
Torque (F, rot Pounds)
Bolt Diameter
in lnches
8.0 8.4
4.0 5.6
114

15.2 17.6
7.2 11.2
Stto
27.2 29.6
n.a 20.0
3/8
44.O 48.0
19.2 32.0
7116
68.0 73.6
29.6 48.0
112
96.0 105.6 @
42.4 70.4
9/16
133.6 144.0
59.2 96.0
5/B
224.O 236.8
96.0 160.0
314
352.0 378.4
152.0 241.6
7lB
528.0 571.2
225.6 372.8
1.0
TABLE 10.12 (CONT.)

Bolt Torques for Bus Connections

Silicon Bronze Fastenersl

Torque (Foot pounds)

Bolt Diameter in lnches Nonlubricated Lubricated


5116 15 10
318 20 14
1t2 40 25
518 55 40
314 70 60

1
Bronze alloy bolts shall have a minimum tensile strength of 70,000 pounds per
square inch.

Aluminum Alloy Fasteners2

)
Torque (Foot Pounds)

Bolt Diameter in lnches Lubricated


5116 8.0
318 11.2
1t2 20.o
5lB 32.0
3t4 48.0
zAluminum
alloy bolts shall have a minimum tensile strength of s5,000 pounds per
square inch.

ATS - 1999 203


TABLE 10.10
€;

Maximum Allowable Vibration Amplitude

Speed - RPM Amplitude - lnches Peak to Peak


3000 and above
1500 - 2999
1000 - 1499
999 and below
'1-1993, Sections 20.53, 21'54,22'54,23'52' and 24'50'
Derived from NEMA publication MG

ATS - 1999
Table 10.11
overpotentiat rest voltages for
ElectricalApparatus other than
tnductive Equipment

Nominal-
System (Line) lnsulation AC Factory
Mailmum--- Maxtmum
Voltage{ (kvl Glass Field Apptied Field Apptied
_Igst (kv) AG Test (kV) DG Test (kVt
1.2 1.2 10
6.0 8.5
2.4 2.5 15
9.0 12.7
4.8 5.0 19
11.4 16.1
8.3 8.7 26
14.4
15.6 ,*
15.0 34 20.4 28.8
18.0 18.0 40 24.0 33.9
25.0 25.0 50 30.0 42.4
34.s 35.0

46.0 46.0
70 42.0 r*
95 57.0 80.6 I

69.0 69.0 140 84.O 118.8

of consensus standards' the


*,tLt":o""nce NETA standards Review councir
suggests the above representative
1
lntermediate vortage ratings are placed
in the next higher insuration
crass.
TABLE 10.14

lnsulation Resistance e
Gonversion Factors

for Conversion of Test


Temperature to 20oC

Temperature Multiplier
Apparatus Containing Apparatus Containing
oG oF lmmersed Oil lnsulations Solid lnsulations
32 o.25 0.40
0
41 0.36 0.45
5
50 0.50 0.50
10
59 0.75 0.75
15
1.00 1.00
20 6B
77 1.40 1.30
25
1.98 1.60
30 B6
2.80 2.O5
35 95
3.95 2.50
40 104
5.60 3.25
45 113
7.85 4.00
F 50 122
*ji 11-20 5.20
55 131
E
140 15.85 6.40
60
149 22.40 8.70
n
! 65
,
31.75 10.00
70 158
167 44.70 13.00
75
!
I 176 63.50 16.00
J
80
TABLE 10.15

AG High-potential Test Voltage


for
Automatic Gircuit Reclosers

Nominal Voltage Maximum Voltage, kV


Class, kV Rated lmputse Maximum Field Test
Wifhsfenrl \/at+^-^
Voltage, kVAC
14.4 (Aand30) 15.0
95 35
14.4 (A and 3@) 15.5 110 50
24.9 (A and 3@) 27.0 150
60
34.5 (1O and 30) 38.0 150
70
46.0 pa) 48.3 250 105
6e.0 (3u) 72.5 350 160

Derived from ANSIIIEEE c37'61-1973(R1993) (standard


Guide 13!.r!y ooq,n=ffon, operation,
Automatic circuit Rec/osers,), cgz.oo-ig8i(nisjsa) and Maintenance of
riiliitllh"qrinments
vauft' and submersibte Automatic Cir"ii'riecto""ir"'ina for overitead,.pad-Mounted, Dry-
riit'itenupters for ACsysfems).
TABLE 10.16

AC High_potential Test Voltage


for Automatic Line Sectionaliz-ers

NominalVoltage Maximum Voltagte Rated tmpuGe Maximum Field -


Class kV KV DC 15 Minute
Withstand Voltage Test Vottage kVAG
KV
Withstand (kV)
14.4 (1s) 15.0 95 35 53
14.4 (a) 15.0 1tE 42 53
14.4 @a) 15.5 14n
50 53
24.e (1@) 27.0 12F.
60 7B
34.s Qa) 38.0 150

ffi
70 103
Derived from
vault, and submersibte Automaticlrri
s""t , alizers of AC systems).
I

ln the absence of consensus standards,


the NETA standards Review council :j

values. suggests the above representative :

:l
t

NOTE: Values of ac voltage given


are dry test one minute factory test
values.

ATS - 1999 207

ii
li
j
:

x
t.

i
I
TABLE 10.17
@
MetalEnclosedBusDielectricWithstandTestVoltages

37 52,0
ffiratorLeads 24.5
29.5 45
34.5 60
*$
15.5 37 52.0
$ lsolated Phase 45
25.8
for Other than Generator Leads 60
* 35.0
ij
0.635 1.6 2.3
!
4.76 14 20.0
Nonsegregated Phase
I
15.0 27 37.0
i
25.8 45 63.0
i
38.0 60
i

15.5 37 52.O
I
i, 25,8 45 63.0
t
Segregated Phase
38.0 60
I
(
I'i
lij
d 0.3 1.6 2.3
0.8 2.7 3.9
DC Bus Duct
i;
'& 1.2 3.4 4.8
1.6 4.0 5.7
F
i
3.2 6.6 9.3

;;j[pt;;;ith fractions rounded down to two significant digits.


--:rivedfromANSl-lEEEC37.23-1987,Tables3A,38,3C,3Dandparagraph6'4'2'Thetableincludesa0'75
test
does not imply any requirement for a dc withstand
Note: The presence of the column headed "dc withstand" tests and represents values
is given as a reference onryloi tnose uiing dc
on ac equipme-nt. ini, frequency withstand
believed to be
"orr*n
appropriate and appioximatery equivalent ti rne correspon-ding power
test values specified for each class of bus'

flexible bus to avoid the loss of insulation life that may


result
Direct current withstand tests are recommended for
withstand testing'
from the dielectric neating that occurs with rated frequency
when making dc withstand tests and variances in leakage
Because of the variable voliage distribution encountered
manufacturer-should be consulted for recommendations
currents associated with various insulation sysi"*r,1n"
U"fott applying dc withstand tests to this equipment'
a
TABLE 10.18

Thermographic Survey
Suggested Actions Based on Temperature Rise

10c - 30c 10c - 100c Possible deficiency;


warrants investigation
40c - 150c 10C - 200c
1 lndicates probabte
deficiency; repair as time
permits
210C - 400c Monitor continuously until
corrective measures can b
accomplished
>150C >400c Major discrepancy; repair
immediately

Temperature specifications vary depending on the exact


type
) (i'e'' cables) there are various t-emp'erature-ratings. H;;tirg of equipment. Even in the same class of equipment
;
therefore' the load cunent will have a major ilngict on pi.in !"n"rutty related to tne square of the current;
tnl- absence of standards for pT, the
values in this table will provide reasonable guidelines. ' "on""n"us
An alternative method of evaluation is the standards-based
temperature rating system as discussed in section
3fi:?El"tucting
an lR rhermosraphic l"rp;;td;;A;;;;"i;;" r systems-Miinieniance and resting, by paur
It is a necessary and valid requirement that the. person
performing the.electrical inspection be thoroughly
and experienced concerning the apparatus and trained
systemi u"ing luuruated as weu aJt<nowledgeable of
thermographic methodology.
F
in

Aeour rHE lNTERNnnorual EucrRrcel


a-

TESTTNG ASSOCratro^r

To
The lnterNational Electrical resting Asso..ciation
(NETA) is an accredited standards developer
for the American National standards lnstitute
:: IANSI)and defin." tru ,t"ndards by which
electrical equipment is deemed safe and reliabte. ruErn certifieJ iectnicians conduct the
a
that ensure this equipment meets the association's tests
stringent *p*in.riions. NETA 6id
.? source of specifications, procedure.s., testing, and requirJmentl,-noi leading
onlv ro, commisr-ioiing n"*
equipment but for testing the reliability and -performance
;.

':.
of existing equipment.
'5
,, Certification
certification of competency is particularly important in
the determination of the equipment's service'abiliiyis
t"
electrical testing industry. lnherent in
'i the prereqrLite t,at individuals performing
the tests be capable of conducting the tests in a
sar" manner and with complete knowledge
the hazards involved' They must also evaluate the of
test data ano ma[e a judgmental opinion
the continued serviceability, deterioration, or nonr"rio"**t on
a nationally-recognized certification agency, provides
in! ri""inc equipment. NETA,
"t of four levels of competency
recognition
' ,:s
within the electrical testing industry.

i Qualifications of the Testing Organization


'; An independent overview is the only method of oei-imining
the long-term usage of electrical
apparatus and its suitability for the intended purpose-
NEIA best support the
'ii interest of the owner,
?l the objectivity ""rp"iilr
of the testing firm is as important as the
L
E
competency of the individual techniciin."l{qgr'p"iun"v
NETA M"*b"rc are part of in independent,
electrical testing association dedicated to setting *"Jo
acceptance testing. Hiring a NETA Member
third-party
standards in Jectr,ical maintenance and
* assures the customer that:
' The NETA Technician has broad-based "orip"ny,
knowieog":- thi; il;;
test, maintain, and calibrate all types of etectricallquipmdiil;il is trained to inspect,
3 types of industries.
j
e
t:
:: ' NETA Technicians meet stringent educational
and experienc"
' A Registered Professional Engineer will review '"q]ii#;;i;'.""'"'-
all engineering reports.
j
' All tests will be performed objectively, accordino-
instruments traceable to the Nationat'lnstitute oi lo ryErn
spJcincations, using calibrated
,, science *i,ii""nnology (Nlsr).
' The firm is a well-established, full-service electrical
testing and maintenance business.
i
i
j !-
As a parr or its service to the
Association provides
'dffi:;Ti??ff:-1"::iil"Xllffirestins
two nationallv-recognized publications: the NETA ercai"iiiitt;,;# Testing specifications
and the NETA Electrical Acceptancg T3.sting
B sp"iriritior". rnr nso.[tion also produces a
quarterly technicaljournal, NETA world,wh'ich'is
anailaure through subscription. lt features
articles of interest to electrical testing and maintenance
ti companies, consultants, engineers,
t:
4 architects, and plant personneloirecily invoveJin
testing and maintenance.
"r""tri.rr
F
s:
E]
F rhe NErA rechnicat conrerenc"
".!tXTlH?3:tJ?:l5Tr-,"nrrrry
information to the industry about electrical in March, providins userur
mtuiv,'ri"ie-of-tre-art testing technologies, and
testing equipment and approaches. A trade new
st-row i.;G" a part of this four-day
il event.

s$t
&
w
r,ffi
The NETA Affitiate
"Technical Affiliate to the Electrical Testig-and
Maintenance Industry,,
It is the intention of NETA, in establishing the Affiliate
crassification, to provide interaction
between NETA and those people who re'quire
electrical testing. This classification
applies to those individuals who have an interest"r 9p""iV
i'iin"iL.trical testinglndustry.
This classification willtypically be chosen by engineers,
electrical contracting personnel,
project manasers, erectricians, prant ensinJers,il;;h;Li;ffi;;il;;;,h;r,
rv s'vr rae' qr ru \Jtr r.' who wish to
participate and learn about the electricaitesting
;il;.try.
Benefits of being a NETA Affitiate:
. Access ernerge ncy consultation
.' Attend NEVLqraining seminars
Attend Annuarrechnicar conference at reduced
rate
at reau"eiioii
-*'
. Receive
. PurchaseNlllWor[d technicartjourr"t---
NETA publication" ui ruirred rate
. Serye on TechnicatWorking Comniiees-''
. Be an active pafticipant in developind,TrvSr standards
First Time Affiliates onlv:
NETA Electricat Accepta'nce or Maintenance
Testing specifications included in Affiliate fee.
ri
'* _^3{:fftoa|{'.,Ei:,#x"3ii,.jJf l;xS"t#,q",
Po PpI6sZ:J!q^SJop.e Sireet, ii,ro"#ii"on, Co 8046s
i phone: 303.692.8441 .
F;iiao,.osiz.shi'-"
{e
:!
{.
E-mail : neta@ netaworld.org . W"U,-***. neiaworld.org
n
rt'tllfllt'llillrlllrtlll'llltlllrt'rfartrrirrtirllrrrrtlrtrrlrrlrlrrlrrrlrttatrtriirrrrrr
t
i
I N ETA Affiliate Appt ication
Nameffitle
Firm
Address
City/State/Zip
t-
,r Phone
J

I
L
I
li
1 year$75
"j"
&
I
i Affiliate fee enclosed: Check # or Visa
i
m
Mastercard Amex
$r
tI Credit Card Number
i
Expiration Date
I
First time Affiliates:
*
F Please send Acceptance Specifications OR
H
E
Maintenance Specifications
I hereby agree to abide by the ByLaws of theAssociafib n and not to
my Affiliate sfafus does not entitie me to use the NETA .ogo. t understand
claim Neri iimbership in the performance
$r testing. of erectrical
Signature
* Rates
cunent lgg9; suUjecit,o change.
Date

You might also like